Changeset f36635 in git

Timestamp:

Jul 1, 1999, 2:52:33 PM (25 years ago)

Author:

Olaf Bachmann <obachman@…>

Branches:

(u'fieker-DuVal', '117eb8c30fc9e991c4decca4832b1d19036c4c65')(u'spielwiese', '1e435b8ba068f7dbcd2aad89bcf324ebfd49f7ba')

Children:

90402fff9cff37cdf6bd00ce9b9fd9b3994289ce

Parents:

e03e679922f2f0c529514b3e8dc048988ddad4ee

Message:

* merged in changes from 1-2-3


git-svn-id: file:///usr/local/Singular/svn/trunk@3207 2c84dea3-7e68-4137-9b89-c4e89433aadc

Files:

• COPYING (modified) (1 diff)
• Makefile.in (modified) (9 diffs)
• README.download (modified) (1 diff)
• Singular/Makefile.in (modified) (1 diff)
• Singular/libparse.l (modified) (7 diffs)
• Singular/utils.cc (modified) (6 diffs)
• configure (modified) (81 diffs)
• configure.in (modified) (7 diffs)
• doc/Makefile.in (modified) (9 diffs)
• doc/STYLEGUIDE (modified) (4 diffs)
• doc/copyright.tex (modified) (7 diffs)
• doc/doc2tex.pl (added)
• doc/examples.doc (modified) (previous)
• doc/general.doc (modified) (previous)
• doc/latex2html.init (added)
• doc/math.doc (modified) (previous)
• doc/pdata.doc (modified) (previous)
• doc/reference.doc (modified) (previous)
• doc/singular.doc (modified) (previous)
• doc/singular_toc.html (modified) (1 diff)
• doc/start.doc (modified) (previous)
• doc/t2h_singular.init (added)
• doc/texinfo.tex (modified) (113 diffs)
• doc/types.doc (modified) (previous)

COPYING

@@ -1 @@
-                         SINGULAR version 1.2
+                         SINGULAR version <x-y-z>
                      University of Kaiserslautern
        Department of Mathematics and Centre for Computer Algebra
            Authors: G.-M. Greuel, G. Pfister, H.  Schoenemann
-              Copyright (C) 1986-98; All Rights reserved
+              Copyright (C) 1986-99; All Rights reserved
 
                                 NOTICE

Makefile.in

@@ -18 +18 @@
 
 PERL            = @PERL@
+TMP_DIR         = @TMP_DIR@
 
 ##############################################################
@@ -29 +30 @@
 .PHONY: all install uninstall 
 
+TEXINFO_TEX_FILES = epsf.tex texinfo.tex txi-cs.tex txi-de.tex txi-no.tex
+TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = Texinfo/doc
 all install uninstall:
         @ for SUBDIR in ${BUILD_SUBDIRS}; \
         do \
           echo ${MAKE} $@ in $${SUBDIR}; \
-          ( cd $${SUBDIR} && ${MAKE} $@; ) \
+          ( cd $${SUBDIR} && ${MAKE} $@;); \
+          (if test "$${SUBDIR}" = Texinfo && test -d doc; then \
+                for FILE in ${TEXINFO_TEX_FILES}; \
+                do \
+                  if test "$@" = uninstall; then\
+                    echo rm -f doc/$${FILE};\
+                    rm -f doc/$${FILE}; \
+                  else \
+                    echo cp ${TEXINFO_TEX_DIR}/$${FILE} doc; \
+                    cp ${TEXINFO_TEX_DIR}/$${FILE} doc; \
+                  fi; \
+                done;\
+          fi;); \
         done
 
@@ -108 +123 @@
 LN_S            = @LN_S@
 MKINSTALLDIRS   = ./mkinstalldirs
-TMPDIR          = /tmp/singdist
+TMPDIR          = ${TMP_DIR}/singdist
 SINGUNAME       = @SINGUNAME@
 S_VERSION       = $${SINGULAR_VERSION-@SINGULAR_VERSION@}
-DISTROOT_NAME   = Singular-${S_VERSION}
-BINDIST_NAME    = ${DISTROOT_NAME}-${SINGUNAME}
-SHAREDIST_NAME  = ${DISTROOT_NAME}-share
+BINDIR_NAME     = Singular/${SINGUNAME}/${S_VERSION}
+LIBDIR_NAME     = Singular/LIB/${S_VERSION}
+GFTABLESDIR_NAME= Singular/LIB/gftables
+DOCDIR_NAME     = Singular/doc/${S_VERSION}
+HTMLDIR_NAME    = Singular/html/${S_VERSION}
+
+BINDIST_NAME    = Singular-${S_VERSION}-${SINGUNAME}
+SHAREDIST_NAME  = Singular-${S_VERSION}-share
 ZIP             = zip
 
@@ -123 +143 @@
         cd doc; ${MAKE} all ps
         rm -rf ${TMPDIR}/
-        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/Singular/LIB/${S_VERSION}
-        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/Singular/doc/${S_VERSION}
-        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/Singular/html/${S_VERSION}
-        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/Singular/LIB/gftables
-        cp Singular/LIB/*.lib ${TMPDIR}/Singular/LIB/${S_VERSION}
+        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/${LIBDIR_NAME}
+        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/${GFTABLESDIR_NAME}
+        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/${DOCDIR_NAME}
+        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/${HTMLDIR_NAME}
+        cp Singular/LIB/*.lib ${TMPDIR}/${LIBDIR_NAME}
         rm -f ${TMPDIR}/Singular/LIB/${S_VERSION}/fastsolv.lib
         rm -f ${TMPDIR}/Singular/LIB/${S_VERSION}/tst.lib
-        cp Singular/LIB/gftables/[0-9]* ${TMPDIR}/Singular/LIB/gftables
+        cp Singular/LIB/gftables/[0-9]* ${TMPDIR}/${GFTABLESDIR_NAME}
         cp doc/singular.hlp doc/singular.ps doc/usercard.ps \
            doc/singular.dvi doc/usercard.dvi \
-           ${TMPDIR}/Singular/doc/${S_VERSION}
-        cp -R doc/html/* ${TMPDIR}/Singular/html/${S_VERSION}
+           ${TMPDIR}/${DOCDIR_NAME}
+        cp -R doc/html/* ${TMPDIR}/${HTMLDIR_NAME}
         cat README.general | sed -e "s/<x-y-z>/${S_VERSION}/g" > \
                              ${TMPDIR}/Singular/README
@@ -150 +170 @@
         cd Singular; ${MAKE} Singular-$@ libparse
         rm -rf ${TMPDIR}
-        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/${SINGUNAME}/bin/
-        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/Singular
-        cp Singular/Singular-$@ \
-           ${TMPDIR}/${SINGUNAME}/bin/Singular-${S_VERSION}
-        cd ${TMPDIR}/${SINGUNAME}/bin; \
-           ${LN_S} Singular-${S_VERSION} Singular
-        cp Singular/libparse ${TMPDIR}/${SINGUNAME}/bin/
-        -strip ${TMPDIR}/${SINGUNAME}/bin/*
+        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}
+        cp Singular/Singular-$@ ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}/Singular
+        cp Singular/libparse ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}
+        -strip ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}/*
         cat INSTALL.unix | sed -e "s/<x-y-z>/${S_VERSION}/g" > \
                       ${TMPDIR}/Singular/INSTALL
         cd ${TMPDIR}; chmod -R a+rX *;\
-           tar cf ${BINDIST_NAME}.tar ${SINGUNAME} Singular; \
+           tar cf ${BINDIST_NAME}.tar Singular; \
            gzip ${BINDIST_NAME}.tar
         mv ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIST_NAME}.tar.gz .
@@ -169 +185 @@
         cd Singular; ${MAKE} Singular-$@ libparse
         rm -rf ${TMPDIR}
-        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/${SINGUNAME}/bin/
-        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/Singular
-        cp Singular/Singular-$@ \
-           ${TMPDIR}/${SINGUNAME}/bin/Singular-${S_VERSION}-static
-        cd ${TMPDIR}/${SINGUNAME}/bin;  \
-           ${LN_S} Singular-${S_VERSION}-static Singular
-        cat INSTALL | sed -e "s/<x-y-z>/${S_VERSION}/g" > \
+        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}
+        cp Singular/Singular-$@ ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}/Singular-static
+        cp Singular/libparse ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}
+        -strip ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}/*
+        cat INSTALL.unix | sed -e "s/<x-y-z>/${S_VERSION}/g" > \
                       ${TMPDIR}/Singular/INSTALL
         cd ${TMPDIR}; chmod -R a+rX *;\
-           tar cf ${BINDIST_NAME}-static.tar ${SINGUNAME} Singular;\
+           tar cf ${BINDIST_NAME}-static.tar Singular; \
            gzip ${BINDIST_NAME}-static.tar
         mv ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIST_NAME}-static.tar.gz .
@@ -197 +211 @@
 INFO_PROGRAM    = /bin/info
 CYGWIN_DLL      = /bin/cygwin1.dll
-WIN_BINDIR      = ${TMPDIR}/Singular/${S_VERSION}
 
 windist: ${SINGULAR}
         cd Singular; ${MAKE} Singular-bindist libparse
         rm -rf ${TMPDIR}
-        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${WIN_BINDIR}
-        ${INSTALL} Singular/Singular-bindist ${WIN_BINDIR}/Singular.exe
-        ${INSTALL} Singular/libparse ${WIN_BINDIR}
-        ${INSTALL} ${SH_PROGRAM} ${WIN_BINDIR}
-        ${INSTALL} ${INFO_PROGRAM} ${WIN_BINDIR}
-        ${INSTALL} ${CYGWIN_DLL} ${WIN_BINDIR}
+        ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}
+        ${INSTALL} Singular/Singular-bindist \
+                   ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}/Singular.exe
+        ${INSTALL} Singular/libparse ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}
+        ${INSTALL} ${SH_PROGRAM} ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}
+        ${INSTALL} ${INFO_PROGRAM} ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}
+        ${INSTALL} ${CYGWIN_DLL} ${TMPDIR}/${BINDIR_NAME}
         cat INSTALL.win | sed -e "s/<x-y-z>/${S_VERSION}/g" > \
                          ${TMPDIR}/Singular/INSTALL
@@ -214 +228 @@
         mv ${TMPDIR}/sing.zip Singular-${S_VERSION}-${SINGUNAME}.zip 
         rm -rf ${TMPDIR}
-
 srcdist: 
         rm -rf ${TMPDIR}
@@ -225 +238 @@
         rm -rf ${TMPDIR}
 
-rpmdist:
-        cd rpm; ${MAKE} rpm
-
 # You can remeber the password with "iwd" == "ich war dabei"
 CRYPT   = enigma # it does not seem to decrypt correctly with the HP crypt

README.download

@@ -31 +31 @@
     where <uname> is a description of your hardware and
     operating system. 
-    Messages from tar like "Could not create symlink to ..."
-    can safely be ignored - they appaer only in the case that you install
-    the same version of Singular twice.
 
 (2) Unpack them at the same place and follow the instructions

Singular/Makefile.in

@@ -253 +253 @@
 install: all installbin 
 
-installbin: Singular
+installbin: Singular libparse
         ${MKINSTALLDIRS} ${bindir}
         ${INSTALL_PROGRAM} Singular ${bindir}/Singular-${SINGULAR_VERSION}
+        ${INSTALL_PROGRAM} libparse ${bindir}/libparse
+        chmod a+x ${bindir}/Singular-${SINGULAR_VERSION}
         rm -f ${bindir}/Singular
         cd ${bindir}; ${LN_S} Singular-${SINGULAR_VERSION} Singular;\

Singular/libparse.l

@@ -3 +3 @@
 *  Computer Algebra System SINGULAR     *
 ****************************************/
-/* $Id: libparse.l,v 1.31 1998-12-02 15:56:05 krueger Exp $ */
+/* $Id: libparse.l,v 1.32 1999-07-01 12:49:48 obachman Exp $ */
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -57 +57 @@
 int yylplineno = 1;
 int lpverbose = 0, check = 0;
+int texinfo_out = 0;
 int found_info=0,
     found_version=0,
@@ -252 +253 @@
                make_version(yytext,1);
 #ifdef STANDALONE_PARSER
-               printf("Version:%s;\n", libnamebuf);
+               if (texinfo_out) 
+                 printf("$version = \"%s\";\n", libnamebuf);
+               else
+                 printf("Version:%s;\n", libnamebuf);
 #else
 #  ifdef HAVE_NAMESPACES
@@ -814 +818 @@
 #endif /* HAVE_NAMESPACES */
 {
-#  ifndef STANDALONE_PARSER
+#ifdef STANDALONE_PARSER
+  if (texinfo_out && last_cmd == LP_INFO)
+  {
+    long current_location = ftell(yylpin), i = string_start, quote = 0;
+    char c;
+    printf("$info = <<EOT;\n");
+    fseek (yylpin, i, SEEK_SET);
+    while (i< current_location) 
+    { 
+      c = fgetc(yylpin);
+      if (c == '\\') 
+      {
+        quote = (! quote);
+      }
+      else if (c == '"')
+      {
+        if (! quote) break;
+      }
+      else
+        quote = 0;
+      if (c == '@' || c == '$') putchar('\\');
+      if (c != '\r') putchar(c);
+      i++;
+    }
+    fseek (yylpin, current_location, SEEK_SET);
+    printf("\nEOT\n");
+  }
+#else
   if((last_cmd == LP_INFO)&&(mode == GET_INFO))
   {
@@ -849 +880 @@
 #    endif /* HAVE_NAMESPACES */
   }
-#  endif /* STANDALONE_PARSER */
+#endif /* STANDALONE_PARSER */
 }
 
@@ -876 +907 @@
   main_init(argc, argv);
   if(yyin == NULL) {
-    printf("No library found to parse.\n");
+    fprintf(stderr, "No library found to parse.\n");
     exit(1);
   }
-
-  if(lpverbose)printf("Verbose level=%d\n", lpverbose);
-  if(check)printf("Reporting most possible annomalies.\n");
-  if(lpverbose||check)printf("\n");
-
-  printf( "  %-15s  %20s      %s,%s    %s,%s     %s,%s\n", "Library",
-          "function", "line", "start-eod", "line", "body-eob",
-          "line", "example-eoe");
+  if (! texinfo_out)
+  {
+    if(lpverbose)printf("Verbose level=%d\n", lpverbose);
+    if(check)printf("Reporting most possible annomalies.\n");
+    if(lpverbose||check)printf("\n");
+
+    printf( "  %-15s  %20s      %s,%s    %s,%s     %s,%s\n", "Library",
+            "function", "line", "start-eod", "line", "body-eob",
+            "line", "example-eoe");
+  }
   yylplex(argv[0], argv[0], &lib_style);
-  if(yylp_errno)
-  {
+  if(yylp_errno) {
     printf("ERROR occured: [%d] ", yylp_errno);
     printf(yylp_errlist[yylp_errno], yylplineno);
@@ -895 +927 @@
   }
   else if(pi!=NULL) printpi(pi);
-  main_result(argv[0]);
+  if (texinfo_out)
+    printf("1;");
+  exit(0);
 }
 

Singular/utils.cc

@@ -14 +14 @@
 extern int optind, opterr, optopt;
 extern int lpverbose, check;
+extern int texinfo_out;
 extern int found_version, found_info, found_oldhelp, found_proc_in_proc;
 int warning_info = 0, warning_version = 0;
@@ -25 +26 @@
   printf("   -d [digit]            : digit=1,..,4 increases the verbosity of the checks\n");
   printf("   -s                    : turns on reporting about violations of unenforced syntax rules\n");
+  printf("   -i                    : perl output of examples and help of procs\n");
   printf("   -h                    : print this message\n");
   exit(1);
 }
+ 
+static char* lib_file = NULL;
 
 /*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*/
 void main_init(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
-  char c, *file=NULL;
-
-  while((c=getopt(argc, argv, "hd:sf:"))>=0) {
+  char c;
+
+  while((c=getopt(argc, argv, "ihd:sf:"))>=0) {
     switch(c) {
         case 'd':
@@ -41 +45 @@
           else optind--;
           break;
-        case 'f': file = argv[optind-1];
+        case 'f': lib_file = argv[optind-1];
           break;
         case 's':
           check++;
           break;
+        case 'i':
+          texinfo_out = 1;
+          break;
         case 'h' :
           usage(argv[0]);
           break;
+          
         case -1 : printf("no such option:%s\n", argv[optind]);
           usage(argv[0]);
@@ -56 +64 @@
     }
   }
-  if(file!=NULL) {
-    yylpin = fopen( file, "rb" );
-    printf("Checking library '%s'\n", file);
+  if (texinfo_out) lpverbose = 0;
+    
+  if(lib_file!=NULL) {
+    yylpin = fopen( lib_file, "rb" );
+    if (! texinfo_out) 
+      printf("Checking library '%s'\n", lib_file);
+    else
+      printf("$library = \"%s\";\n", lib_file);
   } else {
     while(argc>optind && yylpin==NULL) {
       yylpin = fopen( argv[optind], "rb" );
-      if(yylpin!=NULL) printf("Checking library '%s'\n", argv[optind]);
+      if(yylpin!=NULL) 
+      {
+        lib_file = argv[optind];
+        if (! texinfo_out) 
+          printf("Checking library '%s'\n", argv[optind]);
+        else
+          printf("$library = \"%s\";\n", lib_file);
+      }
       else optind++;
     }
@@ -120 +140 @@
 
 /*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*/
+
+#ifndef SEEK_SET
+#define SEEK_SET 0
+#endif
+
+static void PrintOut(FILE *fd, int pos_start, int pos_end)
+{
+  if (pos_start <= 0 || pos_end - pos_start <= 4) return;
+  char c;
+  
+  fseek(fd, pos_start, SEEK_SET);
+  while (pos_start++ <= pos_end) 
+  {
+    c = fgetc(fd);
+    if (c == '@' || c == '$') putchar('\\');
+    if (c != '\r') putchar(c);
+  }
+}
+
+
 printpi(procinfov pi)
 {
-  FILE *fp = fopen( pi->libname, "rb");
   char *buf, name[256];
   int len1, len2;
+  /* pi->libname is badly broken -- use file, instead */
+  FILE *fp = fopen( lib_file, "rb");
+
+  if (fp == NULL) 
+  {
+    printf("Can not open %s\n", lib_file);
+    return 0;
+  }
 
   if(!found_info && !warning_info) warning_info++;
@@ -131 +178 @@
     pi->data.s.body_end = pi->data.s.proc_end;
 
-  if(lpverbose) printf("//     ");
-  printf( "%c %-15s  %20s ", pi->is_static ? 'l' : 'g', pi->libname,
-          pi->procname);
-  printf("line %4d,%5ld-%-5ld  %4d,%5ld-%-5ld  %4d,%5ld-%-5ld\n",
-         pi->data.s.proc_lineno, pi->data.s.proc_start, pi->data.s.def_end,
-         pi->data.s.body_lineno, pi->data.s.body_start, pi->data.s.body_end,
-         pi->data.s.example_lineno, pi->data.s.example_start,
-         pi->data.s.proc_end);
-  if(check) {
-    if(!pi->is_static && (pi->data.s.body_start-pi->data.s.def_end)<4)
-      printf("*** Procedure '%s' is global and has no help-section.\n",
-             pi->procname);
-    if(!pi->is_static && !pi->data.s.example_start)
-      printf("*** Procedure '%s' is global and has no example-section.\n",\
-             pi->procname);
-    if(found_proc_in_proc)
-      printf("*** found proc within procedure '%s'.\n", pi->procname);
-  }
+  if (texinfo_out)
+  {
+    if ((! pi->is_static) &&
+        (pi->data.s.body_start - pi->data.s.def_end > 10) &&
+        (pi->data.s.example_start > 0) &&
+        (pi->data.s.proc_end - pi->data.s.example_start > 10) &&
+        (! found_proc_in_proc))
+    {
+      printf("push(@procs, \"%s\");\n", pi->procname);
+      printf("$help{\"%s\"} = <<EOT;\n", pi->procname);
+      PrintOut(fp, pi->data.s.help_start, pi->data.s.body_start-3);
+      printf("\nEOT\n$example{\"%s\"} = <<EOT;\n", pi->procname);
+      PrintOut(fp, pi->data.s.example_start, pi->data.s.proc_end);
+      printf("\nEOT\n");
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if(lpverbose) printf("//     ");
+    printf( "%c %-15s  %20s ", pi->is_static ? 'l' : 'g', pi->libname,
+            pi->procname);
+    printf("line %4d,%5ld-%-5ld  %4d,%5ld-%-5ld  %4d,%5ld-%-5ld\n",
+           pi->data.s.proc_lineno, pi->data.s.proc_start, pi->data.s.def_end,
+           pi->data.s.body_lineno, pi->data.s.body_start, pi->data.s.body_end,
+           pi->data.s.example_lineno, pi->data.s.example_start,
+           pi->data.s.proc_end);
+    if(check) {
+      if(!pi->is_static && (pi->data.s.body_start-pi->data.s.def_end)<4)
+        printf("*** Procedure '%s' is global and has no help-section.\n",
+               pi->procname);
+      if(!pi->is_static && !pi->data.s.example_start)
+        printf("*** Procedure '%s' is global and has no example-section.\n",\
+               pi->procname);
+      if(found_proc_in_proc)
+        printf("*** found proc within procedure '%s'.\n", pi->procname);
+    }
+  }
+  
 
 #if 0

configure

@@ -2 +2 @@
 
 # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12 
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13 
 # Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
@@ -13 +13 @@
 # Any additions from configure.in:
 ac_default_prefix=`pwd`
+ac_help="$ac_help
+\
+  --with-tmpdir=DIR       use DIR as temporary directory"
 ac_help="$ac_help
 \
@@ -37 +40 @@
 \
      Singular             CAS for Polynomial Computations"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+\
+     Texinfo              Texinfo for info, texi2dvi, makeinfo"
 ac_help="$ac_help
 \
@@ -94 +100 @@
 subdirs=
 MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
 # Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
 ac_max_here_lines=12
@@ -377 +384 @@
 
   -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
-    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13"
     exit 0 ;;
 
@@ -547 +554 @@
 ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
 ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
-ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
 cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
 
+ac_exeext=
+ac_objext=o
 if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
   # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
@@ -564 +573 @@
 
 
-OUTPUT_MAKEFILES="Makefile doc/Makefile"
+OUTPUT_MAKEFILES="Makefile doc/Makefile doc/version.texi"
 if test -d "mpr"; then
    OUTPUT_MAKEFILES=$OUTPUT_MAKEFILES" mpr/Makefile"
@@ -580 +589 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking uname for singular""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:583: checking uname for singular" >&5
+echo "configure:592: checking uname for singular" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_singuname'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -608 +617 @@
 SINGULAR_MINOR_VERSION=3
 SINGULAR_SUB_VERSION=3
-SINGULAR_VERSION="${SINGULAR_MAJOR_VERSION}${VERSION_SEP}${SINGULAR_MINOR_VERSION}${VERSION_SEP}${SINGULAR_SUB_VERSION}"
-VERSION_DATE="May 1999"
-SINGULAR_DOS_VERSION="${SINGULAR_MAJOR_VERSION}-${SINGULAR_MINOR_VERSION}-${SINGULAR_SUB_VERSION}"
+SINGULAR_SHORT_VERSION="${SINGULAR_MAJOR_VERSION}${VERSION_SEP}${SINGULAR_MINOR_VERSION}"
+SINGULAR_VERSION="${SINGULAR_SHORT_VERSION}${VERSION_SEP}${SINGULAR_SUB_VERSION}"
+VERSION_DATE="February 1999"
+
 export SINGULAR_MINOR_VERSION
 export SINGULAR_MAJOR_VERSION
@@ -620 +630 @@
 
 
+
 # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
 set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:626: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:637: checking for $ac_word" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -630 +641 @@
   ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
 else
-  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
     test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
     if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
@@ -652 +664 @@
 set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:655: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:667: checking for $ac_word" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -659 +671 @@
   ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
 else
-  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
   ac_prog_rejected=no
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
     test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
     if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
@@ -696 +709 @@
 fi
 
+  if test -z "$CC"; then
+    case "`uname -s`" in
+    *win32* | *WIN32*)
+      # Extract the first word of "cl", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cl; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:718: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="cl"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+ ;;
+    esac
+  fi
   test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:703: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+echo "configure:750: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
 
 ac_ext=c
@@ -706 +753 @@
 ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
 ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
-ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
 cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
 
-cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 713 "configure"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext << EOF
+
+#line 761 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
+
 main(){return(0);}
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:717: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:766: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
   # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
@@ -728 +777 @@
 fi
 rm -fr conftest*
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
 
 echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
@@ -734 +789 @@
 fi
 echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:737: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "configure:792: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
 echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
 cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:742: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+echo "configure:797: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -748 +803 @@
 #endif
 EOF
-if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:751: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:806: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
   ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
 else
@@ -759 +814 @@
 if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
   GCC=yes
-  ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
-  ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-  CFLAGS=
-  echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:766: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+
+ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+CFLAGS=
+echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:825: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -778 +837 @@
 
 echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
-  if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
-    CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-  elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
     CFLAGS="-g -O2"
   else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
     CFLAGS="-O2"
-  fi
-else
-  GCC=
-  test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
 fi
 
 echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:794: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+echo "configure:857: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
 # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
 if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
@@ -806 +869 @@
   # not just through cpp.
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 809 "configure"
+#line 872 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <assert.h>
@@ -812 +875 @@
 EOF
 ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:815: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+{ (eval echo configure:878: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
 if test -z "$ac_err"; then
   :
@@ -823 +886 @@
   CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 826 "configure"
+#line 889 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <assert.h>
@@ -829 +892 @@
 EOF
 ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:832: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+{ (eval echo configure:895: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
 if test -z "$ac_err"; then
   :
@@ -838 +901 @@
   cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
   rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -nologo -E"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 906 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:912: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
   CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
 fi
 rm -f conftest*
@@ -852 +934 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for AIX""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:855: checking for AIX" >&5
+echo "configure:937: checking for AIX" >&5
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 857 "configure"
+#line 939 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #ifdef _AIX
@@ -881 +963 @@
 set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:884: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo "configure:966: checking for $ac_word" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_PERL'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -888 +970 @@
   ac_cv_prog_PERL="$PERL" # Let the user override the test.
 else
-  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
     test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
     if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
@@ -909 +992 @@
 done
 
+# Extract the first word of "latex2html", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy latex2html; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:998: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_LATEX2HTML'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$LATEX2HTML"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_LATEX2HTML="$LATEX2HTML" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_LATEX2HTML="latex2html"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+LATEX2HTML="$ac_cv_prog_LATEX2HTML"
+if test -n "$LATEX2HTML"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$LATEX2HTML" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
 echo $ac_n "checking whether ln -s works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:913: checking whether ln -s works" >&5
+echo "configure:1025: checking whether ln -s works" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_LN_S'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
@@ -930 +1042 @@
 fi
 
+if test -x Texi2html/texi2html; then
+TEXI2HTML=`pwd`/Texi2html/texi2html
+
+else
+echo "configure: warning: could not find Texi2html/texi2html HTML generation might fail" 1>&2
+# Extract the first word of "texi2html", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy texi2html; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1053: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_TEXI2HTML'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$TEXI2HTML"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_TEXI2HTML="$TEXI2HTML" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS=   }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_TEXI2HTML="texi2html"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+TEXI2HTML="$ac_cv_prog_TEXI2HTML"
+if test -n "$TEXI2HTML"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$TEXI2HTML" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_LATEX2HTML" = latex2html; then
+  TEXI2HTML_OPTS="-l2h"
+else
+ TEXI2HTML_OPTS="-expandinfo" 
+fi
+
 
 # expand prefix and pass it to subsequent configures
@@ -973 +1126 @@
 # check for AIX
 echo $ac_n "checking whether _AIX is defined""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:976: checking whether _AIX is defined" >&5
+echo "configure:1129: checking whether _AIX is defined" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_is_aix'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 981 "configure"
+#line 1134 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #ifdef _AIX
@@ -1004 +1157 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for atof in -lm""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1007: checking for atof in -lm" >&5
+echo "configure:1160: checking for atof in -lm" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo m'_'atof | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -1012 +1165 @@
 LIBS="-lm  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1015 "configure"
+#line 1168 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
@@ -1023 +1176 @@
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1026: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1179: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
@@ -1051 +1204 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for socket in -lbsd""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1054: checking for socket in -lbsd" >&5
+echo "configure:1207: checking for socket in -lbsd" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo bsd'_'socket | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -1059 +1212 @@
 LIBS="-lbsd  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1062 "configure"
+#line 1215 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
@@ -1070 +1223 @@
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1073: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1226: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
@@ -1098 +1251 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for listen in -lsocket""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1101: checking for listen in -lsocket" >&5
+echo "configure:1254: checking for listen in -lsocket" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo socket'_'listen | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -1106 +1259 @@
 LIBS="-lsocket  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1109 "configure"
+#line 1262 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
@@ -1117 +1270 @@
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1120: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1273: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
@@ -1145 +1298 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1148: checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl" >&5
+echo "configure:1301: checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo nsl'_'gethostbyname | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -1153 +1306 @@
 LIBS="-lnsl  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1156 "configure"
+#line 1309 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
@@ -1164 +1317 @@
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1167: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1320: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
@@ -1192 +1345 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for mpq_init in -lgmp""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1195: checking for mpq_init in -lgmp" >&5
+echo "configure:1348: checking for mpq_init in -lgmp" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo gmp'_'mpq_init | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -1200 +1353 @@
 LIBS="-lgmp  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1203 "configure"
+#line 1356 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
@@ -1211 +1364 @@
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1214: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1367: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
@@ -1239 +1392 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for mpz_init in -lsmallgmp""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1242: checking for mpz_init in -lsmallgmp" >&5
+echo "configure:1395: checking for mpz_init in -lsmallgmp" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo smallgmp'_'mpz_init | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -1247 +1400 @@
 LIBS="-lsmallgmp  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1250 "configure"
+#line 1403 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
@@ -1258 +1411 @@
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1261: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1414: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
@@ -1286 +1439 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for IMP_PutGmpInt in -lMP""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1289: checking for IMP_PutGmpInt in -lMP" >&5
+echo "configure:1442: checking for IMP_PutGmpInt in -lMP" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo MP'_'IMP_PutGmpInt | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -1294 +1447 @@
 LIBS="-lMP  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1297 "configure"
+#line 1450 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
@@ -1305 +1458 @@
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1308: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1461: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
@@ -1333 +1486 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for MPT_GetTree in -lMPT""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1336: checking for MPT_GetTree in -lMPT" >&5
+echo "configure:1489: checking for MPT_GetTree in -lMPT" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo MPT'_'MPT_GetTree | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -1341 +1494 @@
 LIBS="-lMPT  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1344 "configure"
+#line 1497 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
@@ -1352 +1505 @@
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1355: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1508: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
@@ -1380 +1533 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for atof in -lsingcf""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1383: checking for atof in -lsingcf" >&5
+echo "configure:1536: checking for atof in -lsingcf" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo singcf'_'atof | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -1388 +1541 @@
 LIBS="-lsingcf  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1391 "configure"
+#line 1544 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
@@ -1399 +1552 @@
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1402: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1555: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
@@ -1427 +1580 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking for atof in -lsingfac""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1430: checking for atof in -lsingfac" >&5
+echo "configure:1583: checking for atof in -lsingfac" >&5
 ac_lib_var=`echo singfac'_'atof | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -1435 +1588 @@
 LIBS="-lsingfac  $LIBS"
 cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1438 "configure"
+#line 1591 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
@@ -1446 +1599 @@
 ; return 0; }
 EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:1449: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+if { (eval echo configure:1602: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
   rm -rf conftest*
   eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
@@ -1478 +1631 @@
 ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1481: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+echo "configure:1634: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
   echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
   cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 1486 "configure"
+#line 1639 "configure"
 #include "confdefs.h"
 #include <$ac_hdr>
 EOF
 ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:1491: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+{ (eval echo configure:1644: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
 if test -z "$ac_err"; then
   rm -rf conftest*
@@ -1544 +1697 @@
 
   
+# Check whether --with-tmpdir or --without-tmpdir was given.
+if test "${with_tmpdir+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_tmpdir"
+  :
+fi
+
 # Check whether --enable-smallgmp or --disable-smallgmp was given.
 if test "${enable_smallgmp+set}" = set; then
@@ -1586 +1745 @@
 fi
 
+# Check whether --enable-Texinfo or --disable-Texinfo was given.
+if test "${enable_Texinfo+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_Texinfo"
+  :
+fi
+
 
 # Check whether --with-MP or --without-MP was given.
@@ -1612 +1777 @@
 
 
+echo $ac_n "checking which tmp dir to use""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1781: checking which tmp dir to use" >&5
+if test "${with_tmpdir+set}" = set && test -d ${with_tmpdir}; then
+  if (echo "${with_tmpdir}" | egrep "\." >/dev/null 2>&1)
+  then
+    TMP_DIR="/tmp"
+  else
+    TMP_DIR=${with_tmpdir}
+  fi
+else
+  TMP_DIR="/tmp"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$TMP_DIR" 1>&6
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether to configure and build texinfo""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1796: checking whether to configure and build texinfo" >&5
+if test "$enable_texinfo" != no && test -d Texinfo; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  enable_texinfo=yes
+  CONFIG_SUBDIRS="$CONFIG_SUBDIRS Texinfo"
+  TEXI2DVI=${bindir}/texi2dvi
+  MAKEINFO="${bindir}/makeinfo --force"
+  TEXINDEX=${bindir}/texindex
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+  echo "configure: warning: Building of doc might fail. Need Texinfo" 1>&2
+  enable_texinfo=no
+  TEXI2DVI=texi2dvi
+  MAKEINFO=makeinfo
+  TEXINDEX=${bindir}/texindex
+fi  
+
+
+
+
+
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to configure and build gmp lib""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1616: checking whether to configure and build gmp lib" >&5
+echo "configure:1818: checking whether to configure and build gmp lib" >&5
 if test "$enable_gmp" != yes && test "$enable_gmp" != no; then
   if test "$ac_gmp_ok" != yes && test -d gmp; then
@@ -1639 +1841 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to configure and build smallgmp lib""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1642: checking whether to configure and build smallgmp lib" >&5
+echo "configure:1844: checking whether to configure and build smallgmp lib" >&5
 if test "$enable_smallgmp" != yes && test "$enable_smallgmp" != no; then
   if test "$ac_smallgmp_ok" != yes && test "$ac_gmp_ok" != yes && \
@@ -1678 +1880 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to configure and build MP lib""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1681: checking whether to configure and build MP lib" >&5
+echo "configure:1883: checking whether to configure and build MP lib" >&5
 if test "$enable_MP" != yes && test "$enable_MP" != no; then
   if test "$with_MP" != no && test "$ac_MP_ok" != yes && test -d MP && \
@@ -1707 +1909 @@
   
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to configure and build factory lib""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1710: checking whether to configure and build factory lib" >&5
+echo "configure:1912: checking whether to configure and build factory lib" >&5
 if test "$enable_factory" != yes && test "$enable_factory" != no; then
   if test "$with_factory" != no && test "$ac_factory_ok" != yes && \
@@ -1732 +1934 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to configure and build libfac lib""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1735: checking whether to configure and build libfac lib" >&5
+echo "configure:1937: checking whether to configure and build libfac lib" >&5
 if test "$enable_libfac" != yes && test "$enable_libfac" != no; then
   if test "$with_libfac" != no && test "$ac_libfac_ok" != yes && \
@@ -1762 +1964 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to configure and build sgroup lib""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1765: checking whether to configure and build sgroup lib" >&5
+echo "configure:1967: checking whether to configure and build sgroup lib" >&5
 if test "$enable_sgroup" != yes && test "$enable_sgroup" != no; then
   if test "$with_sgroup" != no && test "$ac_sgroup_ok" != yes && \
@@ -1792 +1994 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to configure and build Singular""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1795: checking whether to configure and build Singular" >&5
+echo "configure:1997: checking whether to configure and build Singular" >&5
 if test "$enable_Singular" != yes && test "$enable_Singular" != no; then
   if test "$with_Singular" != no && test -d Singular; then
@@ -1817 +2019 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking which apint package to use""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1820: checking which apint package to use" >&5
+echo "configure:2022: checking which apint package to use" >&5
 if test "$with_apint" = gmp; then
   if test "$ac_gmp_ok" = yes || test "$enable_gmp" = yes; then
@@ -1841 +2043 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to use with MP""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1844: checking whether to use with MP" >&5
+echo "configure:2046: checking whether to use with MP" >&5
 if test "$with_MP" = yes; then
   if test "$ac_MP_ok" = yes || test "$enable_MP" = yes; then
@@ -1860 +2062 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to use with factory""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1863: checking whether to use with factory" >&5
+echo "configure:2065: checking whether to use with factory" >&5
 if test "$with_factory" = yes; then
   if test "$ac_factory_ok" = yes || test "$enable_factory" = yes; then
@@ -1879 +2081 @@
   
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to use with libfac""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1882: checking whether to use with libfac" >&5
+echo "configure:2084: checking whether to use with libfac" >&5
 if test "$with_libfac" = yes; then
   if test "$ac_libfac_ok" = yes || test "$enable_libfac" = yes; then
@@ -1898 +2100 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether to use with Singular""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1901: checking whether to use with Singular" >&5
+echo "configure:2103: checking whether to use with Singular" >&5
 if test "$with_Singular" != no && test "$with_Singular" != yes; then
   if test "$enable_Singular" = yes; then
@@ -1950 +2152 @@
 
 echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:1953: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
+echo "configure:2155: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
 set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then
@@ -2023 +2225 @@
 # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
 (set) 2>&1 |
-  case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
   *ac_space=\ *)
     # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
@@ -2102 +2304 @@
     exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
   -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
-    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13"
     exit 0 ;;
   -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
@@ -2121 +2323 @@
 $ac_vpsub
 $extrasub
+s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
 s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
 s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
 s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g
 s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
 s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
@@ -2144 +2348 @@
 s%@SINGUNAME@%$SINGUNAME%g
 s%@SINGULAR_VERSION@%$SINGULAR_VERSION%g
-s%@SINGULAR_DOS_VERSION@%$SINGULAR_DOS_VERSION%g
+s%@VERSION_DATE@%$VERSION_DATE%g
+s%@SINGULAR_SHORT_VERSION@%$SINGULAR_SHORT_VERSION%g
 s%@CC@%$CC%g
 s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
 s%@PERL@%$PERL%g
+s%@LATEX2HTML@%$LATEX2HTML%g
 s%@LN_S@%$LN_S%g
+s%@TEXI2HTML@%$TEXI2HTML%g
+s%@TEXI2HTML_OPTS@%$TEXI2HTML_OPTS%g
 s%@SINGULAR@%$SINGULAR%g
+s%@TMP_DIR@%$TMP_DIR%g
+s%@TEXI2DVI@%$TEXI2DVI%g
+s%@MAKEINFO@%$MAKEINFO%g
+s%@TEXINDEX@%$TEXINDEX%g
 s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g
 s%@SUBDIRS@%$SUBDIRS%g

configure.in

@@ -2 +2 @@
 AC_INIT(Singular/matpol.h)
 AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(`pwd`)
-OUTPUT_MAKEFILES="Makefile doc/Makefile"
+OUTPUT_MAKEFILES="Makefile doc/Makefile doc/version.texi"
 if test -d "mpr"; then
    OUTPUT_MAKEFILES=$OUTPUT_MAKEFILES" mpr/Makefile"
@@ -47 +47 @@
 SINGULAR_MINOR_VERSION=3
 SINGULAR_SUB_VERSION=3
-SINGULAR_VERSION="${SINGULAR_MAJOR_VERSION}${VERSION_SEP}${SINGULAR_MINOR_VERSION}${VERSION_SEP}${SINGULAR_SUB_VERSION}"
-VERSION_DATE="May 1999"
-SINGULAR_DOS_VERSION="${SINGULAR_MAJOR_VERSION}-${SINGULAR_MINOR_VERSION}-${SINGULAR_SUB_VERSION}"
+SINGULAR_SHORT_VERSION="${SINGULAR_MAJOR_VERSION}${VERSION_SEP}${SINGULAR_MINOR_VERSION}"
+SINGULAR_VERSION="${SINGULAR_SHORT_VERSION}${VERSION_SEP}${SINGULAR_SUB_VERSION}"
+VERSION_DATE="February 1999"
+
 export SINGULAR_MINOR_VERSION
 export SINGULAR_MAJOR_VERSION
@@ -58 +59 @@
 dnl substitue them into the Makefiles
 AC_SUBST(SINGULAR_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(SINGULAR_DOS_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(VERSION_DATE)
+AC_SUBST(SINGULAR_SHORT_VERSION)
 
 dnl lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
@@ -68 +70 @@
 
 AC_CHECK_PROGS(PERL, perl5 perl)
+AC_CHECK_PROG(LATEX2HTML, latex2html, latex2html)
 AC_PROG_LN_S
+if test -x Texi2html/texi2html; then
+TEXI2HTML=`pwd`/Texi2html/texi2html
+AC_SUBST(TEXI2HTML)
+else
+AC_MSG_WARN(could not find Texi2html/texi2html HTML generation might fail)
+AC_CHECK_PROG(TEXI2HTML, texi2html, texi2html)
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_LATEX2HTML" = latex2html; then
+  TEXI2HTML_OPTS="-l2h"
+else
+ TEXI2HTML_OPTS="-expandinfo" 
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TEXI2HTML_OPTS)
 
 dnl lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
@@ -179 +195 @@
 dnl Check command line arguments
 dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(tmpdir, \
+ [ --with-tmpdir=DIR       use DIR as temporary directory])
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(smallgmp, \
  [ --enable-PACKAGE        configure and build PACKAGE
@@ -196 +214 @@
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(Singular, \
  [    Singular             CAS for Polynomial Computations])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(Texinfo, \
+ [    Texinfo              Texinfo for info, texi2dvi, makeinfo])
 
 AC_ARG_WITH(MP,\
@@ -214 +234 @@
 
 dnl lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
+dnl Check what to use as tmp dir
+dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(which tmp dir to use)
+if test "${with_tmpdir+set}" = set && test -d ${with_tmpdir}; then
+  if (echo "${with_tmpdir}" | egrep "\." >/dev/null 2>&1)
+  then
+    TMP_DIR="/tmp"
+  else
+    TMP_DIR=${with_tmpdir}
+  fi
+else
+  TMP_DIR="/tmp"
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($TMP_DIR)
+AC_SUBST(TMP_DIR)
+
+dnl lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
 dnl Check whether or not to configure and build various packages
 dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to configure and build texinfo)
+if test "$enable_texinfo" != no && test -d Texinfo; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+  enable_texinfo=yes
+  CONFIG_SUBDIRS="$CONFIG_SUBDIRS Texinfo"
+  TEXI2DVI=${bindir}/texi2dvi
+  MAKEINFO="${bindir}/makeinfo --force"
+  TEXINDEX=${bindir}/texindex
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+  AC_MSG_WARN(Building of doc might fail. Need Texinfo)
+  enable_texinfo=no
+  TEXI2DVI=texi2dvi
+  MAKEINFO=makeinfo
+  TEXINDEX=${bindir}/texindex
+fi  
+AC_SUBST(TEXI2DVI)
+AC_SUBST(MAKEINFO)
+AC_SUBST(TEXINDEX)
+
+
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to configure and build gmp lib)
 if test "$enable_gmp" != yes && test "$enable_gmp" != no; then

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -14 +14 @@
 prefix          = @prefix@
 infodir         = ${prefix}/info
+bindir          = @bindir@
 
 ##
@@ -26 +27 @@
 
 TEX             = tex
-MAKEINFO        = makeinfo
-TEXI2DVI        = texi2dvi
-TEXINDEX        = texindex
+MAKEINFO        = @MAKEINFO@
+TEXI2DVI        = @TEXI2DVI@
+TEXINDEX        = @TEXINDEX@
+TEXI2HTML       = @TEXI2HTML@
+LATEX2HTML      = @LATEX2HTML@
 DVIPS           = dvips
 IMAGES          = contents_motif.gif index_motif.gif \
@@ -36 +39 @@
                 invisible.xbm bg_left.gif bg_right.gif
 
+# d2t stuff
 SINGULAR        = @SINGULAR@
+LIBPARSE        = ${bindir}/libparse
+D2T_SUBDIR      = ./d2t_singular
+DOC2TEX         = ./doc2tex.pl -subdir ${D2T_SUBDIR} -Singular ${SINGULAR} \
+                        -libparse ${LIBPARSE} -I ../Singular/LIB 
+TMP_DIR         = @TMP_DIR@
+TEXI2HTML_OPTS  = @TEXI2HTML_OPTS@ -l2h_l2h ${LATEX2HTML} -l2h_tmp ${TMP_DIR} 
 ##
 ## End configuration dependend stuff
@@ -51 +61 @@
                 tutor.tex examples.tex start.tex copyright.tex
 
+# prepend bindir to path so that programs from there are taken first
+export PATH := "${bindir}:${PATH}"
+
 .PHONY: info dvi ps 
 # default target
@@ -60 +73 @@
 singular.hlp: ${MANUAL_FILES}
         - ${MAKEINFO} --no-split singular.tex
+
+singular_all.hlp: singular_all.tex
+        - ${MAKEINFO} --no-split singular_all.tex
+
+singular_lib.hlp: singular_lib.tex
+        - ${MAKEINFO} --no-split singular_lib.tex
 
 # dvi stuff
@@ -73 +92 @@
         ${TEX} $<
 
+singular_all.dvi: singular_all.tex
+        ${TEXI2DVI} singular_all.tex
+
+singular_lib.dvi: singular_lib.tex
+        ${TEXI2DVI} singular_lib.tex
+
 # postscript stuff
 ps: singular.ps usercard.ps
@@ -83 +108 @@
 
 # html stuff
-html: ${MANUAL_FILES}
-        test -d html || mkdir html
-        cd html && ../texi2html -I .. -menu -expandinfo -number -split_node -verbose ../singular.tex
-        test -d html/images || mkdir html/images
-        for img in ${IMAGES}; \
-        do \
-                echo uudecode images/$${img}.uu; \
-                uudecode images/$${img}.uu; \
-        done
-        touch html
+html: html/singular.html
+html/singular.html: ${MANUAL_FILES} t2h_singular.init t2h.init
+        ${TEXI2HTML} -init_file t2h_singular.init ${TEXI2HTML_OPTS} -subdir html singular.tex
 
 # html stuff
 html_tutor: ${TUTOR_FILES}
         test -d html_tutor || mkdir html_tutor
-        cd html_tutor && ../texi2html -I .. -menu -expandinfo -number -split_node -verbose ../tutor.tex
+        cd html_tutor && ${TEXI2HTML} ${TEXI2HTML_OPTS} ../tutor.tex
         test -d html || mkdir html
         test -d html/images || mkdir html/images
@@ -109 +127 @@
 
 # how to create the texinfo files
-%.tex: %.doc doc2tex ${SINGULAR}
-        @ echo
-        @ echo "Be sure Singular is up-to-date before making the examples!"
-        @ echo
-        ./doc2tex ${SINGULAR} $*
-        - grep "error occurred" $@
+singular_all.tex: ${MANUAL_FILES} doc2tex.pl ${SINGULAR} ${LIBPARSE}
+        ${DOC2TEX} -lib_fun -lib_ex -o singular_all.tex singular.doc
 
-doc2tex: doc2tex.c
-        $(CC) doc2tex.c -o doc2tex
+# how to create the texinfo files
+singular_lib.tex: ${MANUAL_FILES} doc2tex.pl ${SINGULAR} ${LIBPARSE}
+        ${DOC2TEX} -lib_fun -o singular_lib.tex singular.doc
+
+%.tex: %.doc doc2tex.pl ${SINGULAR} ${LIBPARSE}
+        ${DOC2TEX} $*
+
+# targets which produce stand-alone documents
+COPYING: copyright.tex
+        ${MAKEINFO} --no-header -o COPYING copyright.tex 
+
 
 # targets concerned with maintenance
@@ -134 +157 @@
         /bin/rm -f *.fn *.fns *.ky *.kys *.log *.pg *.pgs *.toc *.tp
         /bin/rm -f *.tps *.vr *.vrs
-        /bin/rm -f doc2tex singular.hlp *.dvi *.ps ${DOC2TEX_FILES}
-        /bin/rm -rf html
+        /bin/rm -f singular.hlp *.dvi *.ps ${DOC2TEX_FILES}
+        /bin/rm -rf html ${D2T_SUBDIR}
 
 mostlyclean: clean

doc/STYLEGUIDE

@@ -49 +49 @@
 + Email Adressen in @email{...} notieren, URL's in @url{...}
 
++ Muticolumn tables: Rows of multicolumn tables need to go in one
+  line, otherwise exi2html chockes. Space beween rows with "empty"
+  rows (c.f. texi2html), i.e., with @item @tab @tab ....
+
+
+* tex *
+=======
++ Use @math{...} as you would use $..$ in latex -- i.e., ANY
+  mathematical symbols should be within @math (or, @tex, if they
+  require special tex symbols)
+
++ don't use \mbox, use \hbox, instead
+
++ use \hbox only within math environment
+
++ don't use any sophisticated tex commands (like \eqalign), restrict
+  yourself to command which latex understands, as well.
+
++ no "@"-constructs within @tex ... @end tex 
+
++ @tex and '@end tex' should always be on separate lines
+
+
 
 * Notationen *
@@ -107 +130 @@
   "the ideal resp.@: module is..." schreiben.
 
-+ Zum Englischen:
-  "i.e.", "e.g.", "for example", "that is" usw. werden immer in Kommas
-  eingebettet:
++ non-zero, zero-dimensional, zero-set: use hyphen; Plural of zero:
+  zeros (instead of zeroes)
+
++ Zum Englischen: "i.e.", "e.g.", "for example", "that is",
+  "resp. ..."  usw. werden immer in Kommas eingebettet:
     @sc{Singular}, for example, has the ...
   Nach einem Doppelpunkt schreiben wir klein weiter:
@@ -215 +240 @@
   trennen.
 
+
 * allgemeines *
 ===============
@@ -222 +248 @@
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------
-$Id: STYLEGUIDE,v 1.9 1998-10-26 15:05:33 obachman Exp $
-------------------------------------------------------------
+$Id: STYLEGUIDE,v 1.10 1999-07-01 12:47:59 obachman Exp $

doc/copyright.tex

@@ -1 +1 @@
 @comment -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment $Id: copyright.tex,v 1.19 1998-07-28 12:03:57 Singular Exp $
+@comment $Id: copyright.tex,v 1.20 1999-07-01 12:47:59 obachman Exp $
 @comment this file contains the copyright notice on Singular
-
-@c The following directives are necessary for proper compilation
-@c with emacs (C-c C-e C-r).  Please keep it as it is.  Since it
-@c is wrapped in `@ignore' and `@end ignore' it does not harm `tex' or
-@c `makeinfo' but is a great help in editing this file (emacs
-@c ignores the `@ignore').
-@ignore
-%**start
-\input texinfo.tex
-@setfilename copyright.info
-@node Top, Preface
-@menu
-* Preface::
-@end menu
-@node Preface, General concepts, Top, Top
-@chapter Preface
-%**end
-@end ignore
+@include version.texi
 
 @cindex copyright
@@ -29 +12 @@
 
 @center @sc{Singular} version @value{VERSION}
-@center University of Kaiserslautern
-@center Department of Mathematics and Centre for Computer Algebra
-@center Authors: G.-M. Greuel, G. Pfister, H. Schoenemann
+@center @uref{http://www.uni-kl.de/,,University of Kaiserslautern}
+@center @uref{http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/,,Department of Mathematics} and  @uref{http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~zca/,,Centre for Computer Algebra}
+@center Authors: @uref{http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~wwwagag/E/Greuel,,G.-M. Greuel}, @uref{http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~wwwagag/E/Pfister,,G. Pfister}, @uref{http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~hannes,,H. Schoenemann}
 
-@center Copyright @copyright{} 1986-98; All Rights Reserved
+@center Copyright @copyright{} 1986-99; All Rights Reserved
 @sp 2
-                                @center @strong{NOTICE}
+@center @strong{NOTICE}
 
 Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software or parts
@@ -55 +38 @@
 
 @item
-You have registered yourself as a Singular user by sending email to @*
+You have registered yourself as a @sc{Singular} user by sending email to @*
 @email{singular@@mathematik.uni-kl.de}
 with the subject line (or, mail body)
@@ -75 +58 @@
 results that were partly obtained using @sc{Singular}, we request that you
 cite @sc{Singular} (see
-@url{http://www.ma@-the@-ma@-tik.uni-kl.de/~zca/Singular/how_to_cite.html}
-on information on how to cite Singular) and inform us about it.
+@uref{http://www.ma@-the@-ma@-tik.uni-kl.de/~zca/Singular/how_to_cite.html, for information}
+ on how to cite Singular) and inform us about it.
 
 Please send any comments or bug reports to
-@email{singular@@mathematik.uni-kl.de}.
+@center @email{singular@@mathematik.uni-kl.de}.
 
 The following parts of @sc{Singular} have their own copyright: the Gnu Multiple
@@ -90 +73 @@
 
 The latest information about @sc{Singular} is always available from
-@url{http://www.ma@-the@-ma@-tik.uni-kl.de/~zca/Singular}.
+@uref{http://www.ma@-the@-ma@-tik.uni-kl.de/~zca/Singular}.
 @ifset singularmanual
 The program @sc{Singular} and the above mentioned parts are available via
@@ -98 +81 @@
 @copyright{} Free Software Foundation:
 @code{libgmp-2.0.2.tar.gz}
-@* @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu} or its mirrors
+@* @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu} or its mirrors
 @item readline
 @copyright{} Free Software Foundation:
 @code{libreadline-2.0.tar.gz}
-@* @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu} or its mirrors
+@* @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu} or its mirrors
 @item MP
 @copyright{} Gray/Kajler/Wang, Kent State University:
 @code{MP-1.1.2.tar.gz},
-@* @url{http://SymbolicNet.mcs.kent.edu/areas/protocols/mp.html}
+@* @uref{http://SymbolicNet.mcs.kent.edu/areas/protocols/mp.html}
 @item Factory
 @copyright{} Greuel/Stobbe, University of Kaiserslautern:
@@ -122 +105 @@
 @* Contact @email{michael@@math.uni-sb.de} for details on libfac.
 @item @sc{Singular} binaries
-@url{ftp://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/pub/Math/Singular/} or via a
+@uref{ftp://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/pub/Math/Singular/} or via a
 WWW brow@-ser from
-@url{http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/ftp/pub/Math/@-Singular/}
+@uref{http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/ftp/pub/Math/@-Singular/}
 @end table
 @end ifset

doc/singular_toc.html

@@ -1 +1 @@
 <HTML>
 <HEAD>
-<!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.54
-     from ../singular.tex on 19 June 1998 -->
+<!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.51
+     from singular.tex on 14 March 1999 -->
 
 <TITLE>Singular Manual - Table of Contents</TITLE>
-
 </HEAD>
-<BODY background="images/bg_right.gif">
+<BODY>
+<H1>Singular Manual</H1>
+<ADDRESS>Fachbereich Mathematik</ADDRESS>
+<ADDRESS>und</ADDRESS>
+<ADDRESS>Zentrum fuer Computeralgebra</ADDRESS>
+<ADDRESS>Universitaet Kaiserslautern</ADDRESS>
+<ADDRESS>D-67653 Kaiserslautern</ADDRESS>
+<P>
 <P><HR><P>
-<CENTER><A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~zca/Singular" TARGET="_parent">
-<IMG SRC="images/singular.jpg"></A></CENTER><BR>
-<P>
-<H1><CENTER>Singular - Manual</CENTER></H1>
-<H3><CENTER>Version 1.2</CENTER></H3>
-<H3><CENTER>A Computer Algebra System for Polynomial Computations</CENTER></H3>
-<P>
-<CENTER><A HREF="http://www.uni-kl.de/" TARGET="_parent"><TT>University of Kaiserslautern</TT></A></CENTER>
-<CENTER><A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/" TARGET="_parent"><TT>Department of Mathematics</TT></A></CENTER>
-<CENTER>and</CENTER>
-<CENTER><A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~zca/" TARGET="_parent"><TT>Centre for Computer Algebra</TT></A></CENTER>
-
 <UL>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_1.html#SEC1">Preface</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_2.html#SEC4">Introduction</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_12.html#SEC14">General concepts</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_48.html#SEC49">Data types</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_132.html#SEC133">Functions and system variables</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_279.html#SEC280">Tricks and pitfalls</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_291.html#SEC285">Examples</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_319.html#SEC313">Polynomial data</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_328.html#SEC322">Mathematical background</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_334.html#SEC328">SINGULAR libraries</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_354.html#SEC348">Library function index</A>
-<LI><A HREF="singular_355.html#SEC349">Index</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC1" HREF="singular.html#SEC1">Preface</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC2" HREF="singular.html#SEC2">Introduction</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC3" HREF="singular.html#SEC3">General concepts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC4" HREF="singular.html#SEC4">Data types</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC5" HREF="singular.html#SEC5">Functions and system variables</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC6" HREF="singular.html#SEC6">Tricks and pitfalls</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC7" HREF="singular.html#SEC7">Limitations</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC8" HREF="singular.html#SEC8">Major differences to the C programming language</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC9" HREF="singular.html#SEC9">No rvalue of increments and assignments</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC10" HREF="singular.html#SEC10">Evaluation of logical expressions</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC11" HREF="singular.html#SEC11">No case or switch statement</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC12" HREF="singular.html#SEC12">Usage of commas</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC13" HREF="singular.html#SEC13">Usage of brackets</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC14" HREF="singular.html#SEC14">Behaviour of continue</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC15" HREF="singular.html#SEC15">Return type of procedures</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC16" HREF="singular.html#SEC16">Miscellaneous oddities</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC17" HREF="singular.html#SEC17">Identifier resolution</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC18" HREF="singular.html#SEC18">Examples</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC19" HREF="singular.html#SEC19">Polynomial data</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC20" HREF="singular.html#SEC20">Mathematical background</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC21" HREF="singular.html#SEC21">SINGULAR libraries</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC22" HREF="singular.html#SEC22">standard_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC23" HREF="singular.html#SEC23">all_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC24" HREF="singular.html#SEC24">general_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC25" HREF="singular.html#SEC25">matrix_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC26" HREF="singular.html#SEC26">sing_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC27" HREF="singular.html#SEC27">elim_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC28" HREF="singular.html#SEC28">inout_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC29" HREF="singular.html#SEC29">random_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC30" HREF="singular.html#SEC30">deform_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC31" HREF="singular.html#SEC31">homolog_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC32" HREF="singular.html#SEC32">poly_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC33" HREF="singular.html#SEC33">ring_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC34" HREF="singular.html#SEC34">finvar_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC35" HREF="singular.html#SEC35">primdec_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC36" HREF="singular.html#SEC36">invar_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC37" HREF="singular.html#SEC37">latex_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC38" HREF="singular.html#SEC38">hnoether_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC39" HREF="singular.html#SEC39">classify_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC40" HREF="singular.html#SEC40">graphics_lib</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC41" HREF="singular.html#SEC41">normal_lib</A>
+</UL>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC42" HREF="singular.html#SEC42">Library function index</A>
+<LI><A NAME="TOC43" HREF="singular.html#SEC43">Index</A>
 </UL>
 <P><HR><P>
-<H6>This document was generated on 19 June 1998 using the
-<A HREF="http://wwwcn.cern.ch/dci/texi2html/" TARGET="_parent">texi2html</A>
-translator version 1.51a.</H6>
-<H6>Modified by the Singular-Team 19.6.1998</H6>
+This document was generated on 14 March 1999 using the
+<A HREF="http://wwwcn.cern.ch/dci/texi2html/">texi2html</A>
+translator version 1.51.</P>
 </BODY>
 </HTML>

doc/texinfo.tex

@@ -1 @@
-%% TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%% $Id: texinfo.tex,v 1.3 1998-06-19 13:09:19 krueger Exp $
-
-%  Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93,
-%                94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-%This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-%your option) any later version.
-
-%This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-%useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-%of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-%General Public License for more details.
-
-%You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-%along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
-%to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-%Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-
-%In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
-%You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
-%what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!
-
-
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-% Please include a *precise* test case in each bug report.
-
-
-% Make it possible to create a .fmt file just by loading this file:
-% if the underlying format is not loaded, start by loading it now.
-% Added by gildea November 1993.
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-
-% This automatically updates the version number based on RCS.
-\def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}}
-\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 1.3 $
-\message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:}
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{1999-02-21.16}%
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
+% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
+% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
+% what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+%   ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/texinfo.tex
+%   (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
+%   ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+%   ftp://ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+%   (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@ctan.org for a list).
+%   /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+% There is a small home page for Texinfo at http://texinfo.org/.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.  Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem.  Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution.  For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   texindex foo.??
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages.  You can get
+% the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/.
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
 
 % If in a .fmt file, print the version number
 % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
 % they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}\message{}
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
   \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
 
@@ -55 +76 @@
 \let\ptexdots=\dots
 \let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv = \equiv
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
 \let\ptexi=\i
 \let\ptexlbrace=\{
@@ -62 +84 @@
 \let\ptext=\t
 
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
+% We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
 
 
@@ -82 +96 @@
 \newlinechar = `^^J
 
-% Set up fixed words for English.
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined{\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}}\fi%
-\def\putwordInfo{Info}%
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined{\gdef\putwordSee{See}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined{\gdef\putwordsee{see}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined{\gdef\putwordfile{file}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined{\gdef\putwordpage{page}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined{\gdef\putwordsection{section}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined{\gdef\putwordSection{Section}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined{\gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}}\fi%
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined     \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined      \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined  \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined   \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined        \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined        \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined      \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined   \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined   \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined       \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined       \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined  \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined       \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefivar\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefivar{Instance Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
 
 % Ignore a token.
@@ -102 +144 @@
 \hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
 \hyphenation{eshell}
+\hyphenation{white-space}
 
 % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
@@ -113 +156 @@
 %
 \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
 \def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2
    \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
@@ -118 +162 @@
    \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
 }%
-
-%---------------------Begin change-----------------------
-%
-%%%% For @cropmarks command.
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick
-\newdimen \topandbottommargin
-\newdimen \outerhsize \newdimen \outervsize
-\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt        % These set size of cropmarks
-\outerhsize=7in
-%\outervsize=9.5in
-% Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in
-\outervsize=9.25in
-\topandbottommargin=.75in
-%
-%---------------------End change-----------------------
+\else
+\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands3 \tracingstats2
+   \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
+   \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
+   \tracingscantokens1 \tracingassigns1 \tracingifs1
+   \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2
+   \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
+}%
+\fi
+
+% For @cropmarks command.
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
+\newif\ifcropmarks
+\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+%
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
+% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
+\newdimen\cornerlong  \cornerlong=1pc
+\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
+\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
 
 % Main output routine.
@@ -140 +190 @@
 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
 
-\newbox\headlinebox  \newbox\footlinebox
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
 
 % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
 % does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
 \def\onepageout#1{%
-  \hoffset=\normaloffset
+  \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+  %
   \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
   \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
@@ -164 +216 @@
                    % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
     \shipout\vbox{%
+      \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
+        \hsize = \outerhsize
+        \vskip-\topandbottommargin
+        \vtop to0pt{%
+          \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
+          \nointerlineskip
+          \line{%
+            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
+            \hfill
+            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
+          }%
+          \vss}%
+        \vskip\topandbottommargin
+        \line\bgroup
+          \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
+          \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+          \vbox\bgroup
+      \fi
+      %
       \unvbox\headlinebox
       \pagebody{#1}%
-      \unvbox\footlinebox
-    }%
-    }%
+      \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+        % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+        % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+        \vskip 2\baselineskip
+        \unvbox\footlinebox
+      \fi
+      %
+      \ifcropmarks
+          \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
+        \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
+        \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+        \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
+        \vbox to0pt{\vss
+          \line{%
+            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+            \hfill
+            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+          }%
+          \nointerlineskip
+          \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
+        }%
+      \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
+      \fi
+    }% end of \shipout\vbox
+  }% end of group with \turnoffactive
   \advancepageno
   \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
 }
-
-%%%% For @cropmarks command %%%%
-
-% Here is a modification of the main output routine for Near East Publications
-% This provides right-angle cropmarks at all four corners.
-% The contents of the page are centerlined into the cropmarks,
-% and any desired binding offset is added as an \hskip on either
-% site of the centerlined box.  (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\croppageout#1{\hoffset=0pt % make sure this doesn't mess things up
-{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files.
-                 \shipout
-                 \vbox to \outervsize{\hsize=\outerhsize
-                 \vbox{\line{\ewtop\hfill\ewtop}}
-                 \nointerlineskip
-                 \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}
-                       \hfill
-                       \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}}
-                 \vskip \topandbottommargin
-                 \centerline{\ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
-                        \vbox{
-                        {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}
-                        \pagebody{#1}
-                        {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}
-                        \ifodd\pageno\else\hskip\bindingoffset\fi}
-                 \vskip \topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
-                 \boxmaxdepth\cornerthick
-                 \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}
-                       \hfill
-                       \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}}
-                 \nointerlineskip
-                 \vbox{\line{\ewbot\hfill\ewbot}}
-        }}
-  \advancepageno
-  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi}
-%
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks
-\def\cropmarks{\let\onepageout=\croppageout }
 
 \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
@@ -224 +280 @@
 }
 
-%
 % Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
 % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
@@ -319 +374 @@
 \newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
 \def\ENVcheck{%
-\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment.  Type Return to continue.}
+\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
 \endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
 
 % @begin foo  is the same as @foo, for now.
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Type <Return> to continue.}
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
 
 \outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
@@ -382 +437 @@
 % @@ prints an @
 % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt \char '100}}
+\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
 
 % This is turned off because it was never documented
@@ -392 +447 @@
 
 % Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}}
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
 \let\{=\mylbrace
 \let\}=\myrbrace
@@ -430 +485 @@
 }
 
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
 % @: forces normal size whitespace following.
 \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
@@ -439 +506 @@
 \def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
 
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-\gdef\enddots{$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\spacefactor=3000}
-
 % @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\gdef\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
 
 % @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\gdef\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
 
 % @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
@@ -530 +594 @@
 %% if the depth of the box does not fit.
 %{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\penalty 10000
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
 %\prevdepth=-1000pt
 %}}
@@ -571 +635 @@
 \let\br = \par
 
-% @dots{}  output some dots
-
-\def\dots{$\ldots$}
+% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
+% font as three actual period characters.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \hbox to 1.5em{%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+    .\hss.\hss.%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+  }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \hbox to 2em{%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+    .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+  }%
+  \spacefactor=3000
+}
+
 
 % @page    forces the start of a new page
-
+%
 \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
 
@@ -643 +729 @@
 % @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
 
-\def\comment{\catcode 64=\other \catcode 123=\other \catcode 125=\other%
-\parsearg \commentxxx}
-
-\def\commentxxx #1{\catcode 64=0 \catcode 123=1 \catcode 125=2 }
+\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\commentxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
 
 \let\c=\comment
 
-% @paragraphindent  is defined for the Info formatting commands only.
-\let\paragraphindent=\comment
-
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+% 
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
+\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\asisword
+  \else
+    \ifx\temp\noneword
+      \defaultparindent = 0pt
+    \else
+      \defaultparindent = #1em
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math means output in math mode.
+% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
+% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written.  Then,
+% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
+% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo).  So we must use a
+% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
+%
+% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
+% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
+%
+\let\implicitmath = $
+\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
+\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+   \iflinks
+     \readauxfile
+   \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+   \openindices
+   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+   \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+   %
+   % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+   % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+   % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
+   \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+   \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
+   \closein1
+   \temp
+   %
+   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+% Called from \setfilename.
+%
+\def\openindices{%
+  \newindex{cp}%
+  \newcodeindex{fn}%
+  \newcodeindex{vr}%
+  \newcodeindex{tp}%
+  \newcodeindex{ky}%
+  \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{fonts,}
+% Font-change commands.
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+% We don't need math for this one.
+\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+
+% Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt).
+\newcount\mainmagstep
+\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx}               %where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+\ifx\bigger\relax
+\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+\else
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\fi
+% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
+% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
+% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
+\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt).
+% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic,
+% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that.
+% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they
+% aren't very useful.
+\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\ninettsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\indit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\indsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\let\indtt=\ninett
+\let\indttsl=\ninettsl
+\let\indsf=\indrm
+\let\indbf=\indrm
+\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\font\indi=cmmi9
+\font\indsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for title page:
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1}    % This size an font looked bad.
+% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1}    % The letters were too crowded.
+% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1}
+
+%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315}      % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
+%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315}      % Also, the size is a little larger than
+%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315}      % being scaled magstep1.
+%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315}
+%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315}
+
+%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
+% but that is not a standard magnification.
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we
+% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would
+% also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+  \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy
+  \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
+  \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf
+}
+
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE.  We do this so that font changes will continue to work
+% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
+% cases, not the current font.  Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
+% \tenbf}, for example.  By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
+% redefine \bf itself.
+\def\textfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+  \resetmathfonts}
+\def\titlefonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
+  \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
+  \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
+  \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
+\def\secfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
+\def\indexfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl
+  \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc
+  \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}}
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\textfonts
+
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+\let\cite=\smartslanted
+
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+\def\t#1{%
+  {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+  \null
+}
+\let\ttfont=\t
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+% The old definition, with no lozenge:
+%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
+\let\file=\samp
+\let\option=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+  {%
+    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+    %
+    % Switch to typewriter.
+    \tt
+    %
+    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+    %
+    % Turn off hyphenation.
+    \nohyphenation
+    %
+    \rawbackslash
+    \frenchspacing
+    #1%
+  }%
+  \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
+%  -- rms.
+{
+  \catcode`\-=\active
+  \catcode`\_=\active
+  %
+  \global\def\code{\begingroup
+    \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
+    \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
+    \codex
+  }
+  %
+  % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index,
+  % just treat them as a normal -.
+  \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash}
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+%\let\exp=\tclose  %Was temporary
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx}
+\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{%
+  \def\arg{#1}%
+  \ifx\arg\worddistinct
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+  \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is kbdinputdistinct.  (Too much of a hassle to call the macro,
+% the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.)
+\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\url=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.  Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+  \else
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+      \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% second arg given, show both it and url
+    \else
+      \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+
+% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref.
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\let\email=\uref
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find.  We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l.  --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
+
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
+
+% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
+\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
+\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
+% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
+%
+\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+
+\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
+\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+        \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+   \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+   \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
+   %
+   \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
+   %
+   % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+   \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+   %
+   % Now you can print the title using @title.
+   \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
+   \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}
+                    % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+                    \finishedtitlepagefalse
+                    \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
+   % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+   \finishedtitlepagetrue
+   %
+   % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
+   \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
+   \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
+   %
+   % @author should come last, but may come many times.
+   \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
+   \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
+      {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
+   %
+   % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+   % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+   \let\oldpage = \page
+   \def\page{%
+      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+         \finishtitlepage
+      \fi
+      \oldpage
+      \let\page = \oldpage
+      \hbox{}}%
+%   \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+   \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+      \finishtitlepage
+   \fi
+   % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+   % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+   % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+   % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+   \oldpage
+   \endgroup
+   %
+   % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+   \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+     \shortcontents
+     \contents
+     \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+     \global\let\contents = \relax
+   \fi
+   %
+   \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+     \contents
+     \global\let\contents = \relax
+     \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+   \fi
+   %
+   \HEADINGSon
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+   \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+   \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+   \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline    % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline     % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make Tex use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
+
+{\catcode`\@=0 %
+
+\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+  \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+  %
+  % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
+  % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+  \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
+  \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+}
+
+\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+%
+}% unbind the catcode of @.
+
+% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off         turns them off.
+% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
+\def\today{%
+  \number\day\space
+  \ifcase\month
+  \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+  \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+  \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+  \fi
+  \space\number\year}
+
+% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
+\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+
+\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
+                 \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
+                 \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
+  \itemindex{#1}%
+  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+  %
+  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+    %
+    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+    % but leave it ragged-right.
+    \begingroup
+      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+    \endgroup
+    %
+    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+    %
+    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  Unfortunately
+    % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
+    % \baselineskip glue.
+    \nobreak
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+  \else
+    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
+    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+    \noindent
+    % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+    % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+    % eventually be printed.
+    \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+    \dimen0 = \itemmax  \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+    \unhbox0
+    \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
+\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
+\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
+\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
+\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
+
+% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work.
+\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\dontindex#1        \endtabley}}
+
+\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\fnitemindex#1        \endtabley
+\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\vritemindex#1        \endtabley
+\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\dontindex #1{}
+\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
+\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
+
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
+\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
+
+\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
+\begingroup %
+\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
+\let\itemindex=#1%
+\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
+\def\itemfont{#2}%
+\itemmax=\tableindent %
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
+\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
+\exdentamount=\tableindent
+\parindent = 0pt
+\parskip = \smallskipamount
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\item = \internalBitem %
+\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
+\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
+\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
+\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
+\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
+}
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
+
+\def\itemizezzz #1{%
+  \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
+  \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
+}
+
+\def\itemizey #1#2{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
+\itemmax=\itemindent %
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
+\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
+\exdentamount=\itemindent
+\parindent = 0pt %
+\parskip = \smallskipamount %
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\def\itemcontents{#1}%
+\let\item=\itemizeitem}
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% These are `.?!:;,'
+\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000
+  \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 }
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
+\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+  \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
+  %
+  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+  \def\thearg{#1}%
+  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+  %
+  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
+  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+  \ifx\rest\empty
+    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
+    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+    %   not equal to itself.
+    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+    %
+    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+    % continuing to look for a <number>.
+    %
+    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+    \else
+      % It's a letter.
+      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+      \else
+        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
+    \numericenumerate
+  \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \thearg
+  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}%
+    \fi
+    \char\lccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}
+    \fi
+    \char\uccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+  \advance\itemno by -1
+  \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
+
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+\advance\itemno by 1
+{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
+\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
+{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
+\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
+\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
+\flushcr}
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
+%
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble.  Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
+%   @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
+%   @item ...
+%
+%   Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
+%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+%   columns as desired.
+
+
+% Or use a template:
+%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+%   @item ...
+%   using the widest term desired in each column.
+%
+% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
+% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
+% will parse correctly, i.e.,
+%
+%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
+%      template}
+% Not:
+%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
+%      {Column 3 template}
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
+% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+%   @item
+%   first col stuff
+%   @tab
+%   second col stuff
+%   @tab
+%   third col
+%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
+%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%
+%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+%   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
+%   @end multitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
+%                                                            to baseline.
+%   0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
+%
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
+% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
+% just throw it away).  #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
+% percent of \hsize for this column.
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
+  \global\advance\colcount by 1
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
+  \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+  \def\firstarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+    \let\go = \relax
+  \else
+    \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+      \global\setpercenttrue
+    \else
+      \ifsetpercent
+         \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+      \else
+         \global\advance\colcount by 1
+         \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator;
+                            % typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+         \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+      % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+      % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+      \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+    \else
+      \let\go = \setuptable
+    \fi%
+  \fi
+  \go
+}
+
+% multitable syntax
+\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96
+                           % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is
+                           % maintained, even if it is never used.
+
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
+%
+\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
+\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
+  \vskip\parskip
+  \let\item\crcr
+  \tolerance=9500
+  \hbadness=9500
+  \setmultitablespacing
+  \parskip=\multitableparskip
+  \parindent=\multitableparindent
+  \overfullrule=0pt
+  \global\colcount=0
+  \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}%
+  %
+  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+  %
+  % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
+  % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
+  % The table preamble
+  % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
+  \everycr{\noalign{%
+  %
+  % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+  % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
+  % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the problem
+  % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+    \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
+  %
+  % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+  % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+  % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+  % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+  \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
+    \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+  %
+  % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+  % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+  % the first one.
+  %
+  % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+  % to the width of each template entry.
+  %
+  % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+  % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+  % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
+  % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+  %
+  % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+  \rightskip=0pt
+  \ifnum\colcount=1
+    % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+    \advance\hsize by\leftskip
+  \else
+    \ifsetpercent \else
+      % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+      % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+      \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+    \fi
+   % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+  \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+  \fi
+  % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+  % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+  % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+  % For example:
+  % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+  % @item @code{#}
+  % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+  % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
+  % characters.
+  \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
+% current baselineskip.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
+%% to keep lines equally spaced
+\let\multistrut = \strut
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\else
+\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
+width0pt\relax} \fi
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
 % Prevent errors for section commands.
 % Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
 \def\ignoresections{%
-\let\chapter=\relax
-\let\unnumbered=\relax
-\let\top=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\section=\relax
-\let\subsec=\relax
-\let\subsubsec=\relax
-\let\subsection=\relax
-\let\subsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendix=\relax
-\let\appendixsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\contents=\relax
-\let\smallbook=\relax
-\let\titlepage=\relax
+  \let\chapter=\relax
+  \let\unnumbered=\relax
+  \let\top=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
+  \let\section=\relax
+  \let\subsec=\relax
+  \let\subsubsec=\relax
+  \let\subsection=\relax
+  \let\subsubsection=\relax
+  \let\appendix=\relax
+  \let\appendixsec=\relax
+  \let\appendixsection=\relax
+  \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
+  \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
+  \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
+  \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
+  \let\contents=\relax
+  \let\smallbook=\relax
+  \let\titlepage=\relax
 }
 
@@ -734 +2078 @@
 \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
 
-% Also ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
+% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
 %
 \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
@@ -743 +2087 @@
 \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
 
-% Also ignore @macro ... @end macro.  The user must run texi2dvi,
-% which runs makeinfo to do macro expansion.  Ignore @unmacro, too.
-\def\macro{\doignore{macro}}
-\let\unmacro = \comment
-
-
 % @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
 % which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
@@ -760 +2098 @@
   %
   % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
-  \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}%
+  % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
+  % this texinfo.tex file).  We change the catcode of @ below to match.
+  \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
   %
   % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
   \catcode32 = 10
+  %
+  % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
+  \catcode`\{ = 9
+  \catcode`\} = 9
+  %
+  % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
+  \catcode`\@ = 12
+  %
+  % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
+  % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
+  %   @c @end ifinfo
+  % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
+  % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
+  \catcode`\c = 14
   %
   % And now expand that command.
@@ -779 +2133 @@
   % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
     \immediate\write16{}
-    \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
+    \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
     \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
     \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
     \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
     \immediate\write16{  Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
-    \immediate\write16{  (See ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
+    \immediate\write16{  (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
     \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
     \immediate\write16{  script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
@@ -856 +2210 @@
     %
     % Do not execute instructions in @tex
-    \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}
+    \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
+    % Do not execute macro definitions.
+    % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
+    \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
 }
 
@@ -890 +2247 @@
 
 % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-%
-\def\value{\begingroup
-  \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
-  \valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{%
+{
+  \catcode`\_ = \active
+  %
+  % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
+  % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}.  So \let any
+  % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
+  \gdef\value{\begingroup
+    \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12
+    \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
+    \valuexxx}
+}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies).  Ones
+% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
+% about that.  The command has to be fully expandable, since the result
+% winds up in the index file.  This means that if the variable's value
+% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail
+% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a
+% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
   \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    {\{No value for ``#1''\}}%
+    {[No value for ``#1'']}%
   \else
     \csname SET#1\endcsname
   \fi
-\endgroup}
+}
 
 % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
@@ -932 +2307 @@
 \defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
 
-% @iftex always succeeds; we read the text following, through @end
-% iftex).  But `@end iftex' should be valid only after an @iftex.
+% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text
+% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.).  Make `@end iftex'
+% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
 %
 \def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
@@ -965 +2341 @@
 \def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
 
-% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math means output in math mode.
-% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
-% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written.  Then,
-% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
-% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo).  So we must use a
-% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
-%
-% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
-% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
-%
-\let\implicitmath = $
-\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
-\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
-
-\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
-\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
-\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\relax
-
-\def\donoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}\fi
-\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
-
-\def\unnumbnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unnumbsetref{\lastnode}\fi
-\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
-
-\def\appendixnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi
-\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
-   \readauxfile
-   \opencontents
-   \openindices
-   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
-   \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
-   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-% \def\macro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\macroxxx}
-% \def\macroxxx#1#2 \end macro{%
-% \expandafter\gdef\macrotemp#1{#2}%
-% \endgroup}
-
-%\def\linemacro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\linemacroxxx}
-%\def\linemacroxxx#1#2 \end linemacro{%
-%\let\parsearg=\relax
-%\edef\macrotempx{\csname M\butfirst\expandafter\string\macrotemp\endcsname}%
-%\expandafter\xdef\macrotemp{\parsearg\macrotempx}%
-%\expandafter\gdef\macrotempx#1{#2}%
-%\endgroup}
-
-%\def\butfirst#1{}
-
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Font-change commands.
-
-% Texinfo supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this one.
-\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
-
-%% Try out Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf
-\let\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx}               %where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-\ifx\bigger\relax
-\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-\else
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\fi
-% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
-% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
-% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-
-% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
-\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt).
-% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic,
-% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that.
-% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they
-% aren't very useful.
-\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\indit\slshape{9}{1000}
-\let\indsl=\indit
-\let\indtt=\ninett
-\let\indttsl=\ninett
-\let\indsf=\indrm
-\let\indbf=\indrm
-\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\font\indi=cmmi9
-\font\indsy=cmsy9
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1}    % This size an font looked bad.
-% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1}    % The letters were too crowded.
-% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1}
-
-%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315}      % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
-%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315}      % Also, the size is a little larger than
-%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315}      % being scaled magstep1.
-%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315}
-%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315}
-
-%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
-% but that is not a standard magnification.
-
-% Fonts for title page:
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\let\authorrm = \secrm
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we
-% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would
-% also require loading a lot more fonts).
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
-  \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy
-  \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
-  \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf
-}
-
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE.  We do this so that font changes will continue to work
-% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
-% cases, not the current font.  Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
-% \tenbf}, for example.  By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
-% redefine \bf itself.
-\def\textfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
-  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
-  \resetmathfonts}
-\def\chapfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
-  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
-  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
-  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
-\def\indexfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl
-  \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc
-  \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}}
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\textfonts
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
-
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\var=\smartitalic
-\let\dfn=\smartitalic
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-\let\cite=\smartitalic
-
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-\def\t#1{%
-  {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
-  \null
-}
-\let\ttfont=\t
-\def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{%
-  \raise0.4pt\hbox{$\langle$}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
-    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
-     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{$\langle$}}#1}}%
-    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
-  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{$\rangle$}}}}
-% The old definition, with no lozenge:
-%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-\let\file=\samp
-%\let\url=\samp % perhaps include a hypertex \special eventually
-%\def\email#1{$\langle${\tt #1}$\rangle$}
-
-% @code is a modification of @t,
-% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
-\def\tclose#1{%
-  {%
-    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
-    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
-    %
-    % Switch to typewriter.
-    \tt
-    %
-    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
-    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
-    %
-    % Turn off hyphenation.
-    \nohyphenation
-    %
-    \rawbackslash
-    \frenchspacing
-    #1%
-  }%
-  \null
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-%  -- rms.
-{
-\catcode`\-=\active
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex}
-% The following is used by \doprintindex to insure that long function names
-% wrap around.  It is necessary for - and _ to be active before the index is
-% read from the file, as \entry parses the arguments long before \code is
-% ever called.  -- mycroft
-% _ is always active; and it shouldn't be \let = to an _ that is a
-% subscript character anyway. Then, @cindex @samp{_} (for example)
-% fails.  --karl
-\global\def\indexbreaks{%
-  \catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash
-}
-}
-
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-%\let\exp=\tclose  %Was temporary
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-%
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi}
-
-% @url.  Quotes do not seem necessary, so use \code.
-\let\url=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional second argument
-% specifying the text to display.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% Perhaps eventually put in a hypertex \special here.
-% 
-\def\uref#1{\urefxxx #1,,\finish}
-\def\urefxxx#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-    \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})%
-  \else
-    \code{#1}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref.
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\let\email=\uref
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of
-% @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find.  We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l.  --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
-% Use of \lowercase was suggested.
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlerm #1}}
-
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
-\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
-        \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
-   \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-% I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined.
-% This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway.  --rms.
-%   \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12
-   \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
-   %
-   \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
-   %
-   % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
-   \vglue\titlepagetopglue
-   %
-   % Now you can print the title using @title.
-   \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
-   \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefont{##1}}
-                    % print a rule at the page bottom also.
-                    \finishedtitlepagefalse
-                    \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
-   % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
-   \finishedtitlepagetrue
-   %
-   % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
-   \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
-   \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
-   %
-   % @author should come last, but may come many times.
-   \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
-   \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
-      {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
-   %
-   % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
-   % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
-   \let\oldpage = \page
-   \def\page{%
-      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-         \finishtitlepage
-      \fi
-      \oldpage
-      \let\page = \oldpage
-      \hbox{}}%
-%   \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
-   \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-      \finishtitlepage
-   \fi
-   % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
-   % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
-   % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
-   % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
-   \oldpage
-   \endgroup
-   \HEADINGSon
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
-   \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
-   \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
-   \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks \evenheadline    % Token sequence for heading line of even pages
-\newtoks \oddheadline     % Token sequence for heading line of odd pages
-\newtoks \evenfootline    % Token sequence for footing line of even pages
-\newtoks \oddfootline     % Token sequence for footing line of odd pages
-
-% Now make Tex use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
-                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
-                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
-
-{\catcode`\@=0 %
-
-\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\everyheadingxxx #1{\everyheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\everyheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\everyfootingxxx #1{\everyfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\everyfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
-\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-%
-}% unbind the catcode of @.
-
-% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off         turns them off.
-% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
-\def\today{\number\day\space
-\ifcase\month\or
-January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-\space\number\year}
-
-% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output.
-%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
-%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-%\space\number\day, \number\year}
-
-% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings
-% It generates no output of its own
-
-\def\thistitle{No Title}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
-\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-
-% @tabs -- simple alignment
-
-% These don't work.  For one thing, \+ is defined as outer.
-% So these macros cannot even be defined.
-
-%\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz}
-%\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr}
-%\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz}
-%\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr}
-%\def\&{&}
-
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-
-\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-
-\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
-                 \itemzzz {#1}}
-
-\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
-                 \itemzzz {#1}}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
-  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
-  \itemindex{#1}%
-  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
-  %
-  % Be sure we are not still in the middle of a paragraph.
-  %{\parskip = 0in
-  %\par
-  %}%
-  %
-  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
-  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
-  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
-  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
-  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
-  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
-    %
-    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
-    % but leave it ragged-right.
-    \begingroup
-      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
-      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
-      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
-      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
-    \endgroup
-    %
-    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
-    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
-    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
-    %
-    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  Unfortunately
-    % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
-    % \baselineskip glue.
-    \nobreak
-    \endgroup
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
-  \else
-    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
-    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.  Since that
-    % text will be indented by \tableindent, we make the item text be in
-    % a zero-width box.
-    \noindent
-    \rlap{\hskip -\tableindent\box0}\ignorespaces%
-    \endgroup%
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue%
-  \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
-\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
-\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
-\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
-\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
-
-%% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work
-\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
-
-\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\dontindex#1        \endtabley}}
-
-\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\fnitemindex#1        \endtabley
-\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\vritemindex#1        \endtabley
-\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\dontindex #1{}
-\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
-\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
-
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
-\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
-
-\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\begingroup %
-\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
-\let\itemindex=#1%
-\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
-\def\itemfont{#2}%
-\itemmax=\tableindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
-\exdentamount=\tableindent
-\parindent = 0pt
-\parskip = \smallskipamount
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\item = \internalBitem %
-\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
-\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
-\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
-\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
-\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
-}
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
-
-\def\itemizezzz #1{%
-  \begingroup % ended by the @end itemsize
-  \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
-}
-
-\def\itemizey #1#2{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\itemmax=\itemindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
-\exdentamount=\itemindent
-\parindent = 0pt %
-\parskip = \smallskipamount %
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\def\itemcontents{#1}%
-\let\item=\itemizeitem}
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% These are `.?!:;,'
-\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000
-  \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 }
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
-\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
-  \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
-  %
-  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
-  \def\thearg{#1}%
-  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
-  %
-  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
-  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
-  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
-  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
-  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
-  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
-  \ifx\rest\empty
-    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
-    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
-    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
-    %   not equal to itself.
-    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
-    %
-    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
-    % continuing to look for a <number>.
-    %
-    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
-      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
-    \else
-      % It's a letter.
-      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
-        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
-      \else
-        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
-    \numericenumerate
-  \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \thearg
-  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}%
-    \fi
-    \char\lccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}
-    \fi
-    \char\uccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
-  \advance\itemno by -1
-  \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
-
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-\advance\itemno by 1
-{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
-\ifhmode \errmessage{\in hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
-{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
-\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
-\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
-\flushcr}
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
-%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble.  Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
-%   @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
-%   @item ...
-%
-%   Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
-%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-%   columns as desired.
-
-
-% Or use a template:
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item ...
-%   using the widest term desired in each column.
-%
-% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
-% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
-% will parse correctly, i.e.,
-%
-%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
-%      template}
-% Not:
-%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
-%      {Column 3 template}
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
-% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-%   @item
-%   first col stuff
-%   @tab
-%   second col stuff
-%   @tab
-%   third col
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
-%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%
-%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-%   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
-%   @end multitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
-% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
-%                                                            to baseline.
-%   0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-
-%%%%
-% Dimensions
-
-\newskip\multitableparskip
-\newskip\multitableparindent
-\newdimen\multitablecolspace
-\newskip\multitablelinespace
-\multitableparskip=0pt
-\multitableparindent=6pt
-\multitablecolspace=12pt
-\multitablelinespace=0pt
-
-%%%%
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-%% 2/1/96, to allow fractions to be given with more than one digit.
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {\global\advance\colcount by1 %
-\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}%
-\setuptable}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{\def\firstarg{#1}%
-\ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable\let\go\relax%
-\else
-  \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions\global\setpercenttrue%
-  \else
-    \ifsetpercent
-       \let\go\pickupwholefraction   % In this case arg of setuptable
-                                     % is the decimal point before the
-                                     % number given in percent of hsize.
-                                     % We don't need this so we don't use it.
-    \else
-       \global\advance\colcount by1
-       \setbox0=\hbox{#1 }% Add a normal word space as a separator;
-                          % typically that is always in the input, anyway.
-       \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
-    \fi%
-  \fi%
-\ifx\go\pickupwholefraction\else\let\go\setuptable\fi%
-\fi\go}
-
-%%%%
-% multitable syntax
-\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96
-                           % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is
-                           % maintained, even if it is never used.
-
-
-%%%%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
-
-\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
-
-\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
-\let\item\cr
-\tolerance=9500
-\hbadness=9500
-\setmultitablespacing
-\parskip=\multitableparskip
-\parindent=\multitableparindent
-\overfullrule=0pt
-\global\colcount=0\relax%
-\def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}%
- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item :
-\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
- % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable.
-\global\colcount=0\relax%
- %
- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-\halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax%
-\multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
- % the first one.
- %  If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
- % to the width of each template entry.
- %  If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and
- % the \leftskip will keep entries from bumping into each other.
- % Table will start at left margin and final column will justify at
- % right margin.
-\ifnum\colcount=1
-\else
-  \ifsetpercent
-  \else
-   % If user has <not> set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-   % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace
-  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
-  \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
-\leftskip=\multitablecolspace
-\fi
- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
- % For example:
- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
- % @item @code{#}
- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
- % characters.
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
- % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
- % each line. Every column  entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
- % The table preamble
- % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
-\global\everycr{\noalign{%
-% \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
-% breaks over pages Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the problem
-% manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
-\global\colcount=0\relax}}
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-% current baselineskip.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
-%% to keep lines equally spaced
-\let\multistrut = \strut
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\else
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
-width0pt\relax} \fi
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
 
 
@@ -2155 +2360 @@
 % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
 % for the sake of vms.
-
-\def\newindex #1{
-\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file
-\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\doindex {#1}}
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+  \iflinks
+    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+  \fi
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
+    \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
 }
 
@@ -2169 +2376 @@
 % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
 
-\def\newcodeindex #1{
-\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file
-\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\docodeindex {#1}}
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+  \iflinks
+    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
+  \fi
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}
 }
 
@@ -2180 +2389 @@
 % @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-\def\synindex #1 #2 {%
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\doindex {#2}}%
+% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
+    \noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
 }
 
 % @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
 % inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {%
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}%
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
 }
 
@@ -2214 +2427 @@
 
 \def\indexdummies{%
+\def\ { }%
 % Take care of the plain tex accent commands.
 \def\"{\realbackslash "}%
@@ -2243 +2457 @@
 % laboriously list every single command here.)
 \def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char.
-%\let\{ = \lbracecmd
-%\let\} = \rbracecmd
+% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+\let\{ = \mylbrace
+\let\} = \myrbrace
 \def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
 \def\w{\realbackslash w }%
@@ -2255 +2472 @@
 \def\less{\realbackslash less}%
 \def\hat{\realbackslash hat}%
-%\def\char{\realbackslash char}%
 \def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}%
 \def\dots{\realbackslash dots }%
-\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright }%
+\def\result{\realbackslash result}%
+\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}%
+\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}%
+\def\print{\realbackslash print}%
+\def\error{\realbackslash error}%
+\def\point{\realbackslash point}%
+\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}%
 \def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}%
 \def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}%
+\def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}%
+\def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}%
+\def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}%
+\def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}%
+\def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}%
 \def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}%
 \def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}%
@@ -2268 +2495 @@
 \def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}%
 \def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}%
+\def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}%
 \def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}%
 \def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}%
@@ -2275 +2503 @@
 \def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}%
 \def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}%
+\def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}%
+%
+% Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not
+% contain - or _, and the value does not contain any
+% (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+\let\value = \expandablevalue
+%
 \unsepspaces
+% Turn off macro expansion
+\turnoffmacros
 }
 
@@ -2332 +2569 @@
 \let\tclose=\indexdummyfont
 \let\code=\indexdummyfont
+\let\url=\indexdummyfont
+\let\uref=\indexdummyfont
+\let\env=\indexdummyfont
+\let\command=\indexdummyfont
+\let\option=\indexdummyfont
 \let\file=\indexdummyfont
 \let\samp=\indexdummyfont
@@ -2347 +2589 @@
 
 {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other
-@gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+ @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
 
 \let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
-
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax %initialize!
-% workhorse for all \fooindexes
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there
-\def\doind #1#2{%
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+
+% For \ifx comparisons.
+\def\emptymacro{\empty}
+
+% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
+%
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
+
+% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
+% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are.  The main exception
+% is with defuns, which call us directly.
+%
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
   % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
   \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
@@ -2365 +2617 @@
       \escapechar=`\\
       {%
-        \let\folio=0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
+        \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
         \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
         % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
         %
-        % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off
-        % to get the string to sort by.
-        {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2}}%
+        \def\thirdarg{#3}%
         %
-        % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the
-        % original text, including any font commands.
+        % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key.
+        \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro
+          \let\subentry = \empty
+        \else
+          \def\subentry{ #3}%
+        \fi
+        %
+        % First process the index entry with all font commands turned
+        % off to get the string to sort by.
+        {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}%
+        %
+        % Now the real index entry with the fonts.
         \toks0 = {#2}%
+        %
+        % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
+        % string.  And include a space.
+        \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
+          \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+        \fi
+        %
+        % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key
+        % and the original text, including any font commands.  We write
+        % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file, texindex reduces to
+        % two when writing the .??s sorted result.
         \edef\temp{%
           \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
             \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
         }%
-        \temp
+        %
+        % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+        % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+        % the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+        % \write will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that sequences
+        % like this:
+        % @end defun
+        % @tindex whatever
+        % @defun ...
+        % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+        % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+        % the previous defun.
+        %
+        % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
+        % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+        %
+        % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+        %
+        \iflinks
+          \ifvmode
+            \skip0 = \lastskip
+            \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi
+          \fi
+          %
+          \temp % do the write
+          %
+          %
+          \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
+        \fi
       }%
     }%
@@ -2386 +2685 @@
   }%
 }
-
-\def\dosubind #1#2#3{%
-{\count10=\lastpenalty %
-{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-\escapechar=`\\%
-{\let\folio=0%
-\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}%
-%
-% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off,
-% to get the string to sort the index by.
-{\indexnofonts
-\xdef\temp1{#2 #3}%
-}%
-% Now produce the complete index entry.  We process the index-string again,
-% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index.
-\edef\temp{%
-\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
-\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}{#3}}}%
-\temp }%
-}\penalty\count10}}
 
 % The index entry written in the file actually looks like
@@ -2439 +2718 @@
 % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
 
-% This is what you call to cause a particular index to get printed.
-% Write
-% @unnumbered Function Index
-% @printindex fn
-
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
 \def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
-
 \def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
   \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
@@ -2452 +2728 @@
   \tolerance = 9500
   \indexbreaks
-  \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
-  % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
-  % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
-  % to make right now.
-  \catcode`\\ = 0
+  %
+  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+  % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+  % \initial {@}
+  % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+  % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
   \catcode`\@ = 11
-  \escapechar = `\\
-  \begindoublecolumns
-  %
-  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
   \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
   \ifeof 1
@@ -2468 +2741 @@
     % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
     % there is some text.
-    (Index is nonexistent)
+    \putwordIndexNonexistent
   \else
     %
@@ -2476 +2749 @@
     \read 1 to \temp
     \ifeof 1
-      (Index is empty)
+      \putwordIndexIsEmpty
     \else
+      % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
+      % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
+      % to make right now.
+      \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
+      \catcode`\\ = 0
+      \escapechar = `\\
+      \begindoublecolumns
       \input \jobname.#1s
+      \enddoublecolumns
     \fi
   \fi
   \closein 1
-  \enddoublecolumns
 \endgroup}
 
@@ -2488 +2768 @@
 % Change them to control the appearance of the index.
 
-% Same as \bigskipamount except no shrink.
-% \balancecolumns gets confused if there is any shrink.
-\newskip\initialskipamount \initialskipamount 12pt plus4pt
-
-\def\initial #1{%
-{\let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
-\ifdim\lastskip<\initialskipamount
-\removelastskip \penalty-200 \vskip \initialskipamount\fi
-\line{\secbf#1\hfill}\kern 2pt\penalty10000}}
+\def\initial#1{{%
+  % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
+  \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+  %
+  % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+  \removelastskip
+  %
+  % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+  \penalty -300
+  %
+  % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
+  % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+  % to column.  It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+  % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+  %
+  % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
+  \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+  %
+  % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+  \nobreak
+}}
 
 % This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
@@ -2502 +2796 @@
 % entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
 %
-\def\entry #1#2{\begingroup
+\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup
   %
   % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
@@ -2525 +2819 @@
   % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
   % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
-  \hangindent=2em
+  \hangindent = 2em
   %
   % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
   % with blank space.
   \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+  %
+  % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns.
+  \vskip 0pt plus1pt
   %
   % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
@@ -2584 +2881 @@
 \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
   % Grab any single-column material above us.
-  \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage
-    =\vbox{\unvbox255\kern -\topskip \kern \baselineskip}}%
-  \eject
-  %
-  % Now switch to the double-column output routine.
-  \output={\doublecolumnout}%
+  \output = {%
+    %
+    % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
+    % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
+    % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
+    % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off).  In
+    % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+    % output routine.  Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+    % runs and this will be a no-op.  See the indexspread.tex test case.
+    \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+      \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+      % Unvbox the main output page.
+      \unvbox\PAGE
+      \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+    }%
+  }%
+  \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+  %
+  % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+  \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
   %
   % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
@@ -2595 +2909 @@
   % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
   % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
-  % execution time, so we may as well do it once.
+  % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
   %
   % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
   % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
   % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
-  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +- <
-  % 1pt) as it did when we hard-coded it.
+  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+  % as it did when we hard-coded it.
   %
   % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
@@ -2614 +2928 @@
   % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
   % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+  \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
   \vsize = 2\vsize
 }
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last.
+%
 \def\doublecolumnout{%
   \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
@@ -2621 +2940 @@
   % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
   % previous page.
-  \dimen@=\pageheight \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
-  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box1 the right.
+  \dimen@ = \vsize
+  \divide\dimen@ by 2
+  %
+  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
   \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
   \onepageout\pagesofar
-  \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty
+  \unvbox255
+  \penalty\outputpenalty
 }
 \def\pagesofar{%
-  % The contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-  % followed by the two boxes we just split.
+  % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+  % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
   \unvbox\partialpage
+  %
   \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+  \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
 }
 \def\enddoublecolumns{%
-  \output={\balancecolumns}\eject % split what we have
-  \endgroup
-  % Back to normal single-column typesetting, but take account of the
-  % fact that we just accumulated some stuff on the output page.
-  \pagegoal=\vsize
+  \output = {%
+    % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
+    % current page, no automatic page break.
+    \balancecolumns
+    %
+    % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
+    % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
+    % invocation ends.  Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+    % want to call it again.  Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+    % definition right away.  (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
+    % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
+    % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+    \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
+  }%
+  \eject
+  \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+  %
+  % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+  % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
+  % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
+  % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
+  \pagegoal = \vsize
 }
 \def\balancecolumns{%
-  % Called on the last page of the double column material.
-  \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255}%
+  % Called at the end of the double column material.
+  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
   \dimen@ = \ht0
   \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
   \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
-  \divide\dimen@ by 2
+  \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+  %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
   \splittopskip = \topskip
   % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
-  {\vbadness=10000 \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0
-    \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@
-    \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt \repeat}%
+  {%
+    \vbadness = 10000
+    \loop
+      \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+      \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+    \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+      \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+    \repeat
+  }%
+  %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
   \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
   \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+  %
   \pagesofar
 }
-\catcode `\@=\other
+\catcode`\@ = \other
 
 
@@ -2663 +3013 @@
 % Define chapters, sections, etc.
 
-\newcount \chapno
-\newcount \secno        \secno=0
-\newcount \subsecno     \subsecno=0
-\newcount \subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno        \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
 
 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount \appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
+\newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
 \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
 
-\newwrite \contentsfile
-% This is called from \setfilename.
-\def\opencontents{\openout \contentsfile = \jobname.toc}
-
 % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise
-
-\def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{}
-\def\seccheck#1{\if \pageno<0 %
-\errmessage{@#1 not allowed after generating table of contents}\fi
-%
-}
-
-\def\chapternofonts{%
-\let\rawbackslash=\relax%
-\let\frenchspacing=\relax%
-\def\result{\realbackslash result}
-\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}
-\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}
-\def\print{\realbackslash print}
-\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}
-\def\dots{\realbackslash dots}
-\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}
-\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}
-\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }
-\def\w{\realbackslash w}
-\def\less{\realbackslash less}
-\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}
-\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}
-\def\char{\realbackslash char}
-\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}
-\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}
-\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}
-\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}
-\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}
-\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}
-\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}
-\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}
-% These are redefined because @smartitalic wouldn't work inside xdef.
-\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}
-\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}
-\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}
-\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}
-\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}
-}
+% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thissection{}
 
 \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
@@ -2788 +3097 @@
 }
 
-
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
 \def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
 \outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
 \def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz #1{\seccheck{chapter}%
+\def\chapterzzz #1{%
 \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter \the\chapno}%
+\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
 \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
 \gdef\thissection{#1}%
@@ -2801 +3110 @@
 % because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
 \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry {#1}{\the\chapno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp  %
-\donoderef %
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
+                                  {\the\chapno}}}%
+\temp
+\donoderef
 \global\let\section = \numberedsec
 \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
 \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}}
+}
 
 \outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
 \def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz #1{\seccheck{appendix}%
+\def\appendixzzz #1{%
 \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{Appendix \appendixletter}%
+\global\advance \appendixno by 1
+\message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
 \chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}%
 \gdef\thissection{#1}%
 \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
 \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry
-  {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp  %
-\appendixnoderef %
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
+                       {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
 \global\let\section = \appendixsec
 \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
 \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}}
+}
 
 % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
@@ -2835 +3144 @@
 \def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
 
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
 \outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+
 \outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
 \def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz #1{\seccheck{unnumbered}%
+\def\unnumberedzzz #1{%
 \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
 %
@@ -2850 +3161 @@
 % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
 % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-% simply yielding the contents of the <toks register>.
+% simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
+% the toc entries.)
 \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
 %
 \unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
 \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry {#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp  %
-\unnumbnoderef %
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
 \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
 \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
 \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}}
-
+}
+
+% Sections.
 \outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
 \def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz #1{\seccheck{section}%
+\def\seczzz #1{%
 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
 \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry %
-{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\donoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
+                                  {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}%
+\temp
+\donoderef
+\nobreak
+}
 
 \outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
 \outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
 \def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsection}%
+\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{%
 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
 \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry %
-{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
+                                  {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
 
 \outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
 \def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsec}%
+\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{%
 \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+% Subsections.
 \outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
 \def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsection}%
+\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{%
 \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
 \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry %
-{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\donoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
+                                    {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
+\temp
+\donoderef
+\nobreak
+}
 
 \outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
 \def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsec}%
+\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{%
 \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
 \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry %
-{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
+                                {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
 
 \outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
 \def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsec}%
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{%
 \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry%
+                                    {\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
 \outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
 \def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsubsection}%
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
 \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
 \subsubsecheading {#1}
   {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry %
-  {#1}
-  {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}
-  {\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\donoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
+  {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
+\temp
+\donoderef
+\nobreak
+}
 
 \outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
 \def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsubsec}%
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{%
 \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
 \subsubsecheading {#1}
   {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{#1}%
-  {\appendixletter}
-  {\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
+  {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
 
 \outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
 \def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsubsec}%
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
 \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry%
+                                    {\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
 
 % These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
@@ -3018 +3322 @@
 % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
 
-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and
-% such:
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
 %       1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
 %          overlong headings to fold.
@@ -3066 +3369 @@
 \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
 
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
 
-\def\CHAPPAGon{
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
@@ -3125 +3428 @@
 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
                        \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                       \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 %
+                       \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
 }
 
@@ -3136 +3439 @@
 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
                        \parindent=0pt
-                       \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 %
+                       \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
 }
 
@@ -3189 +3492 @@
 
 
-\message{toc printing,}
+\message{toc,}
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.  We supply {\folio} at the end of the
+% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
+%
+% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other
+% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\writetocentry#1{%
+  \iftocfileopened\else
+    \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+    \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+  \fi
+  \iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
 % Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
-% to \contentsfile.
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+% to \tocfile.
+%
 \def\startcontents#1{%
    % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
@@ -3200 +3524 @@
    % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
    \contentsalignmacro
-   \immediate\closeout \contentsfile
-   \ifnum \pageno>0
-      \pageno = -1              % Request roman numbered pages.
-   \fi
+   \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+   %
    % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
    % It is abundantly clear what they are.
    \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
+   \savepageno = \pageno
    \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
       \catcode`\\=0  \catcode`\{=1  \catcode`\}=2  \catcode`\@=11
-      \catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
+      % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
+      % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation.  --karl, 9jul97.
+      %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
       \raggedbottom             % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
       \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+      %
+      % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+      \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
 }
 
 
 % Normal (long) toc.
-\outer\def\contents{%
-   \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}%
-      \input \jobname.toc
+\def\contents{%
+   \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+     \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+     \ifeof 1 \else
+       \closein 1
+       \input \jobname.toc
+     \fi
+     \vfill \eject
+     \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
    \endgroup
-   \vfill \eject
+   \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+   \pageno = \savepageno
 }
 
 % And just the chapters.
-\outer\def\summarycontents{%
-   \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}%
+\def\summarycontents{%
+   \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
       %
       \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
@@ -3241 +3576 @@
       \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
       \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
-      \input \jobname.toc
+      \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+      \ifeof 1 \else
+        \closein 1
+        \input \jobname.toc
+      \fi
+     \vfill \eject
+     \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
    \endgroup
-   \vfill \eject
+   \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+   \pageno = \savepageno
 }
 \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
@@ -3334 +3676 @@
 % can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
 % of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
-%
-% \turnoffactive is for the sake of @" used for umlauts.
 \def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
   \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
-  \entry{\turnoffactive #1}{\turnoffactive #2}%
+  % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments.  Since the toc is
+  % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
+  % have to do the usual translation tricks.
+  \entry{#1}{#2}%
 \endgroup}
 
@@ -3404 +3747 @@
 
 \def\tex{\begingroup
-\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
-\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
-\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
-\catcode `\%=14
-\catcode 43=12 % plus
-\catcode`\"=12
-\catcode`\==12
-\catcode`\|=12
-\catcode`\<=12
-\catcode`\>=12
-\escapechar=`\\
-%
-\let\,=\ptexcomma
-\let\{=\ptexlbrace
-\let\}=\ptexrbrace
-\let\.=\ptexdot
-\let\*=\ptexstar
-\let\dots=\ptexdots
-\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
-\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
-\def\@{@}%
-\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
-\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext
-%
+  \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+  \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+  \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
+  \catcode `\%=14
+  \catcode 43=12 % plus
+  \catcode`\"=12
+  \catcode`\==12
+  \catcode`\|=12
+  \catcode`\<=12
+  \catcode`\>=12
+  \escapechar=`\\
+  %
+  \let\b=\ptexb
+  \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+  \let\c=\ptexc
+  \let\,=\ptexcomma
+  \let\.=\ptexdot
+  \let\dots=\ptexdots
+  \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+  \let\!=\ptexexclam
+  \let\i=\ptexi
+  \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+  \let\+=\tabalign
+  \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+  \let\*=\ptexstar
+  \let\t=\ptext
+  %
+  \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+  \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+  \def\@{@}%
 \let\Etex=\endgroup}
 
@@ -3472 +3821 @@
 \let\nonarrowing=\relax
 
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
 \font\circle=lcircle10
 \newdimen\circthick
@@ -3500 +3849 @@
                           \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
         \cartouter=\hsize
-        \advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+        \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
 %                                    side, and for 6pt waste from
-%                                    each corner char
+%                                    each corner char, and rule thickness
         \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
         % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
@@ -3556 +3905 @@
 }
 
-% To ending an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph
-% (via \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group.  That way we
-% keep the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue
-% will be inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the
-% document, after the environment.
-%
-\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-
-% This macro is
+% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
+% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
+%
+% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
+% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group.  That way we keep
+% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
+% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
+% the environment.
+%
+\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
+
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
 \def\lisp{\begingroup
   \nonfillstart
   \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
   \tt
-  \rawbackslash % have \ input char produce \ char from current font
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the
-% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
-%
-% We must call \lisp last in the definition, since it reads the
-% return following the @example (or whatever) command.
-%
+  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+  \gobble       % eat return
+}
+
+% @example: Same as @lisp.
 \def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-\def\smallexample{\begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-\def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp.  This is not used unless the @smallbook
-% command is given.  Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
+
+% @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook
+% redefines).  We must call \example (or whatever) last in the
+% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or
+% whatever) command.
+%
+% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an
+% @smalldisplay.  Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway.
+%
+\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display}
+\def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+\def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+\def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+
+% Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
 \def\smalllispx{\begingroup
-  \nonfillstart
-  \let\Esmalllisp = \nonfillfinish
-  \let\Esmallexample = \nonfillfinish
-  %
-  % Smaller fonts for small examples.
-  \indexfonts \tt
-  \rawbackslash % make \ output the \ character from the current font (tt)
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% This is @display; same as @lisp except use roman font.
+  \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \indexfonts
+  \lisp
+}
+
+% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
 %
 \def\display{\begingroup
@@ -3605 +3958 @@
 }
 
-% This is @format; same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+% @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup
+  \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \indexfonts \rm
+  \display
+}
+
+% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
 %
 \def\format{\begingroup
@@ -3614 +3975 @@
 }
 
-% @flushleft (same as @format) and @flushright.
-%
-\def\flushleft{\begingroup
-  \let\nonarrowing = t
-  \nonfillstart
-  \let\Eflushleft = \nonfillfinish
-  \gobble
-}
+% @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smallformatx{\begingroup
+  \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \indexfonts \rm
+  \format
+}
+
+% @flushleft (same as @format).
+%
+\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+
+% @flushright.
+%
 \def\flushright{\begingroup
   \let\nonarrowing = t
@@ -3627 +3994 @@
   \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
   \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
-  \gobble}
+  \gobble
+}
 
 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
@@ -3650 +4018 @@
 }
 
+
 \message{defuns,}
 % Define formatter for defuns
@@ -3686 +4055 @@
 % Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
 % This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
-\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested %
-\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested
+  \global\advance\parencount by 1
+}
 %
 % This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
@@ -3693 +4063 @@
 %
 \gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
-% also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
-\ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
-\global\advance \parencount by -1 }
+  % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
+  \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
+  \global\advance \parencount by -1 }
 % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
 \gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\&#1}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
@@ -3703 +4073 @@
 %% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
 %% contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ]
-\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}} \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}} \def\ampnr{\&}
-\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
+\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
+\def\ampnr{\&}
+\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
+\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
 
 % First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
@@ -3715 +4088 @@
 \dimen2=\leftskip
 \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
-\dimen3=\rightskip
-\advance\dimen3 by -\defbodyindent
-\noindent        %
+\noindent
 \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}%
 \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
 \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations
-\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1     %
+\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1
 % Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such)
 % ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin,
@@ -3727 +4098 @@
 {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
 % so that \rightline will obey them.
-\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \advance \hsize by -\dimen3
-\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}}}%
+\advance \hsize by -\dimen2
+\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}%
 % Make all lines underfull and no complaints:
 \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
@@ -3749 +4120 @@
 \def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}%
 \parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
 \begingroup %
@@ -3755 +4126 @@
 \obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}
 
-\def\defmethparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
+% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
+% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
+% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
+% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
+%
+\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
 \medbreak %
 % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
@@ -3762 +4138 @@
 \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
 \parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
+
+% @deftypemethod has an extra argument that nothing else does.  Sigh.
+% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
+% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
+% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
+% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
+% #5 is the method's return type.
+%
+\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}}
 
 \def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
@@ -3774 +4168 @@
 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
 \parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
@@ -3789 +4183 @@
 \def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}%
 \parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
 \begingroup %
@@ -3806 +4200 @@
   \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
   \parindent=0in
-  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
   \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
   \begingroup\obeylines
@@ -3851 +4245 @@
 \begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
 \parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
 \begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
@@ -3881 +4275 @@
 #1%
 \hyphenchar\tensl=45
-\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{unbalanced parens in @def arguments}\fi%
+\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
 \interlinepenalty=10000
 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000%
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
 }
 
@@ -3895 +4289 @@
 \interlinepenalty=10000
 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000%
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
 }
 
@@ -3914 +4308 @@
 
 \def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
 \defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
 \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
@@ -3928 +4322 @@
 \def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
 \doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
 \deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
 \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
@@ -3959 +4353 @@
 
 \def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
 \defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
 \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
@@ -3969 +4363 @@
 
 \def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
 \defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
 \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
@@ -3982 +4376 @@
 \def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
 \def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypeunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypeunx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypemethodx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
 
 % @defmethod, and so on
 
-% @defop {Funny Method} foo-class frobnicate argument
+% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
 
 \def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
@@ -3992 +4387 @@
 
 \def\defopheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}%
+\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{}\putwordon\ #1}%
 \defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
 }
 
+% @deftypemethod CLASS RETURN-TYPE METHOD ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypemethod{%
+  \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{%
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+  \begingroup
+    \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
+    \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
 % @defmethod == @defop Method
-
+%
 \def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
-
-\def\defmethodheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Method on #1}%
-\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args.
+\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{%
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+  \begingroup
+    \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
+    \defunargs{#3}%
+  \endgroup
 }
 
@@ -4013 +4425 @@
 
 \def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}%
+\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
 \defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
 }
@@ -4023 +4435 @@
 
 \def\defivarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}%
+\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\putwordDefivar\ \putwordof\ #1}%
 \defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
 }
@@ -4043 +4455 @@
 \def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
 \interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000}
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak}
 
 % @defvr Counter foo-count
@@ -4057 +4469 @@
 
 \def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
 \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
 }
@@ -4066 +4478 @@
 
 \def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}%
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
 \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
 }
@@ -4078 +4490 @@
 \def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
 \dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
 \interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
 \endgroup}
 \def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
@@ -4091 +4503 @@
 \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}
 \interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
 \endgroup}
 
@@ -4121 +4533 @@
 
 
-\message{cross reference,}
-% Define cross-reference macros
-\newwrite \auxfile
-
-\newif\ifhavexrefs  % True if xref values are known.
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scanmacro#1{%
+   \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+   % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+   \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
+   % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+   \toks0={#1\endinput}%
+   \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+   \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+   \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+   \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+   \input \jobname.tmp
+   \endgroup
+}
+\else
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
+\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
+\fi
+
+\newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname    % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
+\def\macrolist{}    % List of all defined macros in the form
+                    % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
+
+% Utility routines.
+% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\expandafter\let
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\csname#1\endcsname
+\csname#2\endcsname}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by  making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+  \catcode`\~=12
+  \catcode`\^=12
+  \catcode`\_=12
+  \catcode`\|=12
+  \catcode`\<=12
+  \catcode`\>=12
+  \catcode`\+=12
+  \catcode`\{=12
+  \catcode`\}=12
+  \catcode`\@=12
+  \catcode`\^^M=12
+  \usembodybackslash}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+  \catcode`\~=12
+  \catcode`\^=12
+  \catcode`\_=12
+  \catcode`\|=12
+  \catcode`\<=12
+  \catcode`\>=12
+  \catcode`\+=12
+  \catcode`\@=12
+  \catcode`\\=12}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+  \getargs{#1}%           now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+  \ifx\argl\empty       % no arguments
+     \paramno=0%
+  \else
+     \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+  \fi
+  \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+     \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+  \else
+     \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+     \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi
+     \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+     \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+     % Add the macroname to \macrolist
+     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
+     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
+       \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
+  \fi
+  \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
+  \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+  \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+  \fi}
+
+\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx}
+\def\unmacroxxx#1{%
+  \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+    \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+    \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+    % Remove the macro name from \macrolist
+    \begingroup
+      \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}%
+      \def\do##1{%
+        \def\tempb{##1}%
+        \ifx\tempa\tempb
+          % remove this
+        \else
+          \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}%
+          \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}%
+        \fi}%
+      \def\newmacrolist{}%
+      % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist
+      \macrolist
+      \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist
+    \endgroup
+  \else
+    \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list.  Set up \paramno and \paramlist
+% so \defmacro knows what to do.  Define \macarg.blah for each blah
+% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+
+% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX:  let \hash be something
+% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
+% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+%
+% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
+% the macro is used.
+
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+        \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+  \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+    \advance\paramno by 1%
+    \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+        {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
+    \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+  \fi\next}
+
+% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
+% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+
+\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+
+% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+\def\defmacro{%
+  \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+  \ifrecursive
+    \ifcase\paramno
+    % 0
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \or % 1
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\braceorline
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+         \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \else % many
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\xdef
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+        \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+          \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ifcase\paramno
+    % 0
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \or % 1
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\braceorline
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+        \egroup
+        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \else % many
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\xdef
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+      \paramlist{%
+          \egroup
+          \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+          \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
+% {.  If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
+% line.  Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+  \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
+    \expandafter\parsearg
+  \fi \next}
+
+% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
+% expanded by \write.
+\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
+  \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+\def\alias#1=#2{\gdef#1{#2}}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+\newwrite\auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
 \newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
 
-% @inforef is simple.
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
 \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
 \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
   node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
 
-% \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo.
-
-\def\setref#1{%
-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ysectionnumberandtype}}
-
-\def\unnumbsetref#1{%
-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ynothing}}
-
-\def\appendixsetref#1{%
-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Yappendixletterandtype}}
-
-% \xref, \pxref, and \ref generate cross-references to specified points.
-% For \xrefX, #1 is the node name, #2 the name of the Info
-% cross-reference, #3 the printed node name, #4 the name of the Info
-% file, #5 the name of the printed manual.  All but the node name can be
-% omitted.
+% @node's job is to define \lastnode.
+\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
+\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
+\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\relax
+
+% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these.
+\def\donoderef{%
+  \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
+      {Ysectionnumberandtype}%
+    \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+  \fi
+}
+\def\unnumbnoderef{%
+  \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}%
+    \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+  \fi
+}
+\def\appendixnoderef{%
+  \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
+      {Yappendixletterandtype}%
+    \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\def\anchor#1{\setref{#1}{Ynothing}}
+
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely
+% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT.  Called from \foonoderef.  We have
+% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title
+% aren't expanded.  It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the
+% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{{%
+  \indexdummies
+  \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
+  \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
+  \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}%
+}}
+
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
 %
 \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
@@ -4172 +4896 @@
       % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
       % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
-      \ifdim \wd1>0pt%
+      \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
         % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
         \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
@@ -4201 +4925 @@
     % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
     % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
-    {\turnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
-    \space [\printednodename],\space
+    {\normalturnoffactive
+     % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+     % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+     \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+     \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+    }%
+    % [mynode],
+    [\printednodename],\space
+    % page 3
     \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
   \fi
@@ -4209 +4940 @@
 % \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
 
-% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
-% work in node names.
-\def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive
-\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}%
-\next}}
+% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
+% and backslash work in node names.  (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.)
+\def\dosetq#1#2{%
+  {\let\folio=0
+   \normalturnoffactive
+   \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
+   \iflinks
+     \next
+   \fi
+  }%
+}
 
 % \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into
@@ -4264 +5001 @@
   \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax
     % If not defined, say something at least.
-    $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$%
-    \ifhavexrefs
-      \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
-    \else
-      \ifwarnedxrefs\else
-        \global\warnedxrefstrue
-        \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+    \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+    \iflinks
+      \ifhavexrefs
+        \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+      \else
+        \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+          \global\warnedxrefstrue
+          \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+        \fi
       \fi
     \fi
@@ -4281 +5020 @@
 
 % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
-\def\xrdef #1#2{{%
-  \catcode`\'=\other
-  \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname{#2}%
-}}
+%
+\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup
+  % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument.
+  \catcode`\\ = 0
+  \afterassignment\endgroup
+  \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname
+}
 
 % Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
 \def\readauxfile{\begingroup
   \catcode`\^^@=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
+  \catcode`\^^A=\other
+  \catcode`\^^B=\other
   \catcode`\^^C=\other
   \catcode`\^^D=\other
@@ -4297 +5039 @@
   \catcode`\^^G=\other
   \catcode`\^^H=\other
-  \catcode`\
-=\other
+  \catcode`\^^K=\other
   \catcode`\^^L=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode`\=\other
-  \catcode26=\other
+  \catcode`\^^N=\other
+  \catcode`\^^P=\other
+  \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+  \catcode`\^^R=\other
+  \catcode`\^^S=\other
+  \catcode`\^^T=\other
+  \catcode`\^^U=\other
+  \catcode`\^^V=\other
+  \catcode`\^^W=\other
+  \catcode`\^^X=\other
+  \catcode`\^^Z=\other
   \catcode`\^^[=\other
   \catcode`\^^\=\other
@@ -4344 +5083 @@
   \catcode`\#=\other
   \catcode`\&=\other
-  % `\+ does not work, so use 43.
-  \catcode43=\other
+  \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
   % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
   {%
@@ -4390 +5128 @@
 \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
 
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only..
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
 \let\footnotestyle=\comment
 
@@ -4505 +5243 @@
 \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
 
-
-% End of control word definitions.
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-\def\openindices{%
-   \newindex{cp}%
-   \newcodeindex{fn}%
-   \newcodeindex{vr}%
-   \newcodeindex{tp}%
-   \newcodeindex{ky}%
-   \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% Set some numeric style parameters, for 8.5 x 11 format.
-
-\hsize = 6in
-\hoffset = .25in
+% @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front.  If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+  \closein 1
+  % Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in
+  % doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan).
+  \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+  \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+%
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+  work.  It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+  it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+%
+% Only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\def\image#1{%
+  \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+    \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+      \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+        \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+        \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+        \global\warnednoepsftrue
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \imagexxx #1,,,\finish
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \centerline{\pdfimage #1.pdf}%
+  \fi
+}
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+  % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+  % If the image is by itself, center it.
+  \ifvmode
+    \nobreak\medskip
+    \nobreak
+    \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
+    \bigbreak
+  \else
+    % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space.
+    \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+\message{localization,}
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename.  If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly.  Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
+\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
+  \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+  % Read the file if it exists.
+  \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+  \ifeof1
+    \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+    \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+    \let\temp = \relax
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
+  \fi
+  \temp
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
 \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-\parindent = \defaultparindent
-\parskip 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-\setleading{13.2pt}
-\advance\topskip by 1.2cm
 
 \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
@@ -4534 +5342 @@
 
 % Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness=10000
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 2000
 
 % Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
@@ -4543 +5354 @@
 % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
 % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize.  This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format.
-%
-\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
-  % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
-  \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
-\else
-  \emergencystretch = \hsize
-  \divide\emergencystretch by 45
-\fi
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format  (or else 7x9.25)
-\def\smallbook{
-  \global\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-  \global\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-  \global\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-  %
-  \global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
-  \setleading{12pt}
-  \advance\topskip by -1cm
-  \global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt
-  \global\hsize = 5in
-  \global\vsize=7.5in
-  \global\tolerance=700
-  \global\hfuzz=1pt
-  \global\contentsrightmargin=0pt
-  \global\deftypemargin=0pt
-  \global\defbodyindent=.5cm
-  %
-  \global\pagewidth=\hsize
-  \global\pageheight=\vsize
-  %
-  \global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx
-  \global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx
-  \global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp}
-}
+% \hsize.  We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+  \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+    % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+    \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+  \else
+    \emergencystretch = \hsize
+    \divide\emergencystretch by 40
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
+% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip.  Then whoever calls us can
+% set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \voffset = #3\relax
+  \topskip = #6\relax
+  \splittopskip = \topskip
+  %
+  \vsize = #1\relax
+  \advance\vsize by \topskip
+  \outervsize = \vsize
+  \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
+  \pageheight = \vsize
+  %
+  \hsize = #2\relax
+  \outerhsize = \hsize
+  \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+  \pagewidth = \hsize
+  %
+  \normaloffset = #4\relax
+  \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+  %
+  \parindent = \defaultparindent
+  \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \setleading{13.2pt}%
+  %
+  % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+  \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+  \setleading{12pt}%
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \deftypemargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = .5cm
+  %
+  \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx
+  \let\smallexample = \smalllispx
+  \let\smallformat = \smallformatx
+  \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx
+}}
 
 % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{
-\global\tolerance=700
-\global\hfuzz=1pt
-\setleading{12pt}
-\global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt
-
-\global\vsize= 53\baselineskip
-\advance\vsize by \topskip
-%\global\hsize=   5.85in     % A4 wide 10pt
-\global\hsize=  6.5in
-\global\outerhsize=\hsize
-\global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
-\global\outervsize=\vsize
-\global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in
-
-\global\pagewidth=\hsize
-\global\pageheight=\vsize
-}
-
-\bindingoffset=0pt
-\normaloffset=\hoffset
-\pagewidth=\hsize
-\pageheight=\vsize
-
-% Allow control of the text dimensions.  Parameters in order: textheight;
-% textwidth; voffset; hoffset; binding offset; topskip.
-% All require a dimension;
-% header is additional; added length extends the bottom of the page.
-
-\def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{
- \global\vsize= #1
- \global\topskip= #6
- \advance\vsize by \topskip
- \global\voffset= #3
- \global\hsize= #2
- \global\outerhsize=\hsize
- \global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \global\outervsize=\vsize
- \global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in
- \global\pagewidth=\hsize
- \global\pageheight=\vsize
- \global\normaloffset= #4
- \global\bindingoffset= #5}
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \setleading{12pt}%
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+  %
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+}}
 
 % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.  Top margin
 % 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm.
-\def\afourlatex
-        {\global\tolerance=700
-        \global\hfuzz=1pt
-        \setleading{12pt}
-        \global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt
-        \advance\baselineskip by 1.6pt
-        \changepagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}
-        }
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \setleading{13.6pt}%
+  %
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}%
+  %
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}}
 
 % Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
-\def\afourwide{\afourpaper
-\changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}}
+\def\afourwide{%
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+  %
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
+\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+  \globaldefs = 1
+  %
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \setleading{13.2pt}%
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
 
 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
@@ -4674 +5509 @@
 
 \catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}}
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
 \let"=\activedoublequote
 \catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt \char '176}}
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
 \chardef\hat=`\^
 \catcode`\^=\active
@@ -4688 +5523 @@
 
 \catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt \char '174}}
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
 \chardef \less=`\<
 \catcode`\<=\active
@@ -4775 +5610 @@
   @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active}
 
-%% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.  The @rm below
-%% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.  The @rm below
+% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10
 @catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other
 
@@ -4783 +5618 @@
 
 @c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
 @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%H"
+@c time-stamp-end: "}"
 @c End: